Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
J O H N   W I L E Y   &   S O N S ,   I N C .
1 1 1   R I V E R   S T R E E T
H O B O K E N ,   N J   0 7 0 3 0 - 5 7 74
2 0 1.74 8.6 0 0 0       W W W.W I L E Y. C O M

J O H N   W I L E Y   &   S O N S ,   I N C .
2 0 0 8   A N N UA L   R E P O R T

W i l e y ’s
e d g e  i n
p u b l i s h i n g

KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONSTM
KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONS

KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONSTM
KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONS

During our bicentennial year, Wiley introduced the 

theme “Knowledge for Generations” to highlight our 

legacy. By promoting knowledge and understanding 

during the course of two centuries, Wiley has helped 

bring about transformation in the world around us.

  The technological innovations we have helped 

advance are transforming our industry. Technology 

is enabling us to build enduring relationships with 

our stakeholders; leverage our capabilities across 

organizational and geographic boundaries; and serve 

our authors, partners, and customers better.

  For the 2008 Annual Report, we have focused on 

the theme “Knowledge for Generations” as it relates 

to our present and future. Our prudent investments 

in enabling technology have resulted in many new 

business models, new revenue streams, and new 

ways to promote knowledge and understanding 

around the world. 

  As we embark on our third century of publishing, 

we are sharpening our competitive edge by becoming 

even more customer-centric and fl exible as we 

continue to make a difference in the personal and 

professional lives of the constituencies we serve. 

Canada

5353 Dundas Street West
Suite 400
Toronto, Ontario M9B 6H8
Canada
Telephone: 416.236.4433
Facsimile: 416.236.4447
Email: canada@wiley.com

Europe

The Atrium
Southern Gate, Chichester
West Sussex PO19 8SQ
England
Telephone: 44.1243.779777
Facsimile: 44.1243.775878
Email: customer@wiley.co.uk

9600 Garsington Road
Oxford, OX4 2DQ
England
Telephone: 44.1865.776868
Facsimile: 44.1865.714591

1 Rosenørns Allé
DK-1970 Frederiksberg C 
Denmark
Telephone: 45.7733.3333
Facsimile: 45.7733.3377 

101 George Street
Edinburgh EH2 3ES
Scotland
Telephone: 44.131.226.7232
Facsimile: 44.131.226.3803

Boschstrasse 12
D-69469 Weinheim
Germany
Telephone: 49.6201.6060
Facsimile: 49.6201.606328
Email: info@wiley-vch.de

European Distribution Center
Warehouse 1
Oldlands Way
Bognor PO22 9NQ
England
Telephone: 44.1243.843222
Facsimile: 44.1243.850250

Dividends

On June 18, 2008, the Board 
of Directors approved a 
quarterly dividend of $0.13 
per share on both Class A 
Common and Class B Com-
mon shares, payable on July 
15, 2008, to shareholders of 
record as of July 7, 2008. 

Employment

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., is an 
equal opportunity employer.

C O R P O R A T E 

H E A D Q U A R T E R S 

&   M A I N   O F F I C E S

Certifi cations

United States

The Company has fi led the 
required certifi cations under 
Sections 302 and 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
as Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1, and 
32.2 to our annual report on 
Form 10-K for the fi scal year 
ended April 30, 2008. 

Following the 2008 Annual 
Meeting of shareholders, 
the Company intends to fi le 
with the New York Stock 
Exchange the CEO certifi ca-
tion regarding the Company’s 
compliance with the NYSE’s 
corporate governance listing 
standards as required by 
NYSE rule 303A.12. Last year 
the  Company fi led this CEO 
certifi cation with NYSE on 
September 24, 2007, without 
qualifi cation.

To contact the 
Non-Management Directors:

Non-Management Directors
c/o Corporate Secretary
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
111 River Street
Mail Stop 7-02
Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774
Email: non-managementdirec-
tors@wiley.com

Investor Relations

Brian Campbell
Director, Investor Relations
201.748.6874
brian.campbell@wiley.com

Corporate Headquarters
111 River Street
Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774
Telephone: 201.748.6000
Facsimile: 201.748.6088
Email: info@wiley.com
Web site: www.wiley.com

350 Main Street
Commerce Place
Malden, MA 02148 
Telephone: 781.388.8200
Facsimile: 781.388.8210

989 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94103-1741
Telephone: 415.433.1740
Facsimile: 415.433.0499

10475 Crosspoint Blvd. 
Indianapolis, IN 46256 
Telephone: 317.572.3000
Facsimile: 317.572.4000

2121 State Avenue
Ames, IA 50014-8300
Telephone: 515.292.0140
Facsimile: 515.292.3348

U.S. Distribution Center
1 Wiley Drive
Somerset, NJ 08875-1272
Telephone: 800.225.5945
Facsimile: 732.302.2300
Email: custserv@wiley.com

U.S. Customer 
Care Operations
Trade & Wholesale
1 Wiley Drive
Somerset, NJ 08875
Telephone: 800.225.5945
(Prompt 1)

Consumer Customer Care
10475 Crosspoint Blvd.
Indianapolis, IN 46256
Telephone: 800.434.3422

Global Technical Support
Telephone: 317.572.3994
(Prompt 2)

Susan Spilka Corporate Communications Director / Bernhardt Fudyma Design Group Concept and Design 

David Prince Environment Photography / Graytor Printing

Australia

42 McDougall Street
Milton, Queensland 4064
Australia
Telephone: 61.7.3859.9755
Facsimile: 61.7.3859.9715
Email: brisbane@johnwiley.com.au

155 Cremorne Street
Richmond, Victoria 3121
Australia
Telephone: 61.3.9274.3100
Fax: 61.3.9274.3101
Email: melbourne@johnwiley.com.au

Asia

2 Clementi Loop #02-01
Singapore 129809
Telephone: 65.6463.2400
Facsimile: 65.6463.4605
Email: enquiry@wiley.com.sg

600 North Bridge Road 
#05-01 Parkview Square 
(S) 188 778 
Singapore
Telephone: 65.6511.8188
Facsimile: 65.6511.8288

Frontier Koishikawa Bldg, 4F
1-28-1 Koishikawa
Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo 112-0002, Japan
Telephone: 81.3.3830.1232
Facsimile: 81.3.5689.7276

4435/7 Ansari Road
Daryaganj, New Delhi 110002, India
Telephone: 91.11.4363.0000/01
Facsimile: 91.11.2327.5895

This document is a publication of Wiley’s 

Corporate Communications Depart-

ment. An electronic version of this report 

is available online at www.wiley.com. 

 Quarterly earnings results will also be 

posted on the site on the day they are 

issued; anyone who wishes to receive a 

print copy of any of the quarterly earn-

ings press releases should contact 

J. Bacchi-Mourtziou at the address listed 
on this page under Form 10K. 

The editorial section of this annual report 

is printed on Mohawk Beckett Expressions 
paper. This paper is made carbon neutral 

within Mohawk’s production processes 

by offsetting thermal manufacturing 

 emissions with VERs, and purchases 

of enough Green-e certifi ed renewable 

energy certifi cates (RECs) to match 100% 

of the electricity used.

 
k n o w l

W i l e y ’s
e d g e   i n
p u b l i s h i n g

        f i n a n c i a l

                  h i g h l i g h t s

For the fiscal year ended April 30

2008 

2007 

% CHANGE 

REVENUE a 

 $  1,674,734,000 

$  1,234,641,000 

OPERATING INCOME a 

$  222,990,000 

$ 

161,304,000 

NET INCOME a

ADJUSTED b, c 

GAAP 

EARNINGS PER DILUTED SHARE a

ADJUSTED b, c 

GAAP 

RETURN ON EQUITY a
ADJUSTED b, c 

GAAP 

DIVIDENDS PER SHARE 

CLASS A COMMON 

CLASS B COMMON 

2008 REVENUE
By Core Business

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

128,873,000 

147,536,000 

2.1 7 

2.49 

22% 

24% 

0.44 

0.44 

58%
Scientific, Technical, 
Medical, and Scholarly

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

94,151,000 

99,619,000 

1.62 

1.71 

21% 

21% 

0.40 

0.40 

2008 REVENUE
By Location of Customer

51%
United 
States

28%
Professional /
Trade

36%

38%

37% 

48%

34%

46%

5%

14%

10%

10%

24%
Europe

13%
Asia

5%
Australia &
New Zealand

14%
Higher Education

4%
Canada

3%
Other

2

             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RE VENUE  ($ Millions)

E A R N I N G S  P E R  D I LU T E D  S H A R E   (Adjusted)

$2,000

1,600

1,200

13% CAGR

18% CAGR

O P E R AT I N G  I N C O M E   ($ Millions)

STOCK PRICE  (NYSE: JWA; 4/30 closing price)

17% CAGR

C U M U L AT I V E  TOTA L   R E T U R N   (Indexed)

The above graph provides an indicator of the cumulative total return to shareholders of the Company’s Class 
A Common Stock as compared with the cumulative total return on the Russell 1000 and the Dow Jones World 
Publishing Index, for the period from April 30, 2003, to April 30, 2008. The Company has elected to use the 
Russell 1000 Index as its broad equity market index because it is currently included in that index. Cumulative total 
return assumes $100 invested on April 30, 2003, and reinvestment of dividends throughout the period.

13% CAGR

50

40

30

20

10

a. Includes the results of Blackwell Publishing 
(Holdings) Ltd. (“Blackwell”) which was acquired on 
February 2, 2007.

b. The amounts reported for fi scal year 2008 exclude 
tax benefi ts of $18.7 million or $0.32 per diluted 
share associated with new tax legislation enacted in 
the United Kingdom and Germany that reduced the 
corporate income tax rates to 28% and 29%, respec-
tively. The benefi ts recognized by the Company re-
fl ect the adjustments required to restate all applicable 
deferred tax balances at the new tax rates.

c. The amount reported for fi scal year 2007 excludes 
a $5.5 million tax benefi t, or $0.09 per diluted share 
due to the resolution and settlements of certain tax 
matters with authorities in the U.S. and abroad.

d. The results for fi scal year 2005 exclude a $0.12 
per diluted share tax charge associated with the 
repatriation of $94 million of dividends under the 
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.

The results for fi scal year 2006 exclude a $0.12 per 
diluted share tax credit associated with the reversal 
of the 2005 tax charge

e. The amounts reported for fi scal year 2004 exclude 
a net tax benefi t of $3.0 million, or $0.05 per diluted 
share, related to the resolution of certain state and 
federal tax matters and an adjustment to accrued 
foreign taxes.

f. Fiscal year 2002 and 2003 results exclude $12.3 
million ($0.12 per diluted share) and $2.5 million 
($0.02 per diluted share) of operating costs associ-
ated with the relocation of the Company’s headquar-
ters, respectively.

g. The amounts reported for fi scal 2003 exclude 
a nonrecurring tax benefi t of $12 million, equal to 
$0.19 per diluted share, resulting from a corporate 
reorganization that enabled the Company to increase 
the tax-deductible net asset basis of certain Euro-
pean subsidiaries.

h. Fiscal Year 1998 excludes a gain from the sale of 
the U.S. law publishing program of $21.3 million, or 
$12.2 million after tax equal to $0.19 per diluted share.

NOTE: The Company’s management internally evalu-
ates its operating performance excluding unusual 
and/or non-recurring events. The Company believes 
excluding such events provides a more effective 
and comparable measure of performance. We also 
believe that excluding the effects of these tax benefi ts  
and other items provides a more balanced view of the 
underlying dynamics of our business. Since adjusted 
net income and adjusted earnings per share are not 
measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, they 
should not be considered as a substitute for other 
GAAP measures, including  net income and earnings 
per share, as an indicator of operating performance. 

GAAP – U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
CAGR – Compound Annual Growth Rate

3

  
c u s t o m

t a k i n g
c o n t e n t
t o   t h e
n ex t   l e ve l

4

d i gggg iiiii tttttttttt aaaaaaaaaaaaa llllllllllll   rrrrrrreeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ppppp ooooo ssssssssss iiiiiii ttttt oooooooo rrrr yyyyyyyyyyyy   >>>>>>>    aaaaaaa ccccccc cccccccc eeeeeeeeeeeee ssssssss sssssssssssssss ,,,,,,,,   aaaaaaaa sssssssssss sssssss eeeeeeeeeeeeee mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb l e ,   oo uuuuuuuuu ttttttttttt ppp uuu ttt    >>>>>>>>>    pppppppppppppppppp eeeeeeeeeeeeeee rrrrrssss ooo nn aaaaaaa lllllll iiiii zzzzz eee ddd    ssss oooo llllll uuuuuuu ttttttttt iiiiiii ooooooo nnnnnnn sssssssss    >>>>>>>   

K N O W L E D G E   P U S H E S   B O U N D A R I E S  > Wiley has 
taken an important step to enable our vision of “All Wiley 

All the Time,” which will allow customers to access, 

seamlessly assemble, output, and purchase any Wiley 

content whenever, wherever, and however they need 

and want it. In  collaboration with leading technology 

partners, we will soon provide a fast-track solution 

for important new content management and delivery 

capabilities.

Wiley’s Content Technology Initiative is creating 

an array of systems and services that will transform 

our ability to create, acquire, shape, and deliver from 

a single repository of all Wiley content, regardless of 

geographic origin or product type. Wiley’s customers 

will soon be able to choose from select published 

content delivered in print, online, or downloaded to 

a computer or mobile device. Initial applications will 

focus on more effi cient distribution of eBooks to 

resellers and an improved system for creating 

customized college textbooks, both set to launch by the 

end of the calendar year. More applications will follow. 

Going forward, our Content Technology Initiative will 

facilitate the development of many innovative, fl exible, 

and customer-facing products, drawing on content from 

across Wiley’s three core businesses around the world.   

5

       
c h o i c e   a n d   va l u e >   c u sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss ttttt ooooooooooooo mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm ii zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz aaa ttt ii oo nnn >>   fff lll eeexx ii bbb iiii llll iiii tttt yyyyy   >>>>>   ccccc oo nn ttt eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeexxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx ttttt ---- ssssssssss ee nnn sss i ttttt ii vvvee   feeee eee ddddd bbbbbbbbb aaaa cccccccccc kkkkkkkkkkkk   >>>

K N O W L E D G E   E M P O W E R S   >  Publishing is not a 
“one-size-fi ts-all” business. Students do not all learn in 

the same way. Professors have unique teaching styles. 

 Student budgets vary dramatically. Wiley provides 

teaching and learning materials worldwide in a variety 

of formats, media, prices, and pedagogical approaches 

to address the diverse individual needs and preferences 

of students and faculty. We are interacting more directly 

with students and becoming more involved in the edu-

cational experience. We are bridging the gap between 

the classroom, library, and dorm room, enabling learning 

when and where it fi ts in busy schedules. In these ways, 

we are enhancing the value of our learning materials and 

making a positive impact on student success.

  WileyPLUS provides an easy-to-use online 

workspace for presentations, study, homework, and 

assessment in which students receive immediate 

feedback and context-sensitive support to build 

confi dence and understanding. Used by more than half 

a million students in over 16 countries, WileyPLUS is 

custom-tailored for different courses globally to target 

learning more specifi cally. The result? Nearly 90 percent 

of the 10,000 students we surveyed said that WileyPLUS 

improved their understanding of their course materials 

and helped them to achieve better grades. An instructor 

at Dalhousie University in Nova Scotia reported, “I have 

used WileyPLUS for two terms and have noted that the 

fi nal average was signifi cantly higher for students using 

WileyPLUS.” According to a student at the University of 

Delaware,  WileyPLUS brings “the book to life and helps 

you see things you can’t see in just printed text…it made 

this course much more enjoyable, understandable.” 

   WileyPLUS can be purchased as a lower-priced 

standalone, or at a nominal cost with a textbook. In 

 addition to WileyPLUS, Wiley Visualizing and Wiley 

 Pathways books are available at prices below the 

norm for traditional textbooks. Many of our titles are 

available in a less expensive, unbound, three-hole 

punched format, called Binder Editions. We currently 

publish most new textbooks as eBooks, available 

through CourseSmart, a new venture founded by Wiley 

and fi ve other publishers that offers hundreds of titles 

on a common online platform. We also offer our eBooks 

through established vendors and on wiley.com, as 

Wiley Desktop Editions. All Wiley electronic textbooks 

are available at lower cost than the print versions.

6 

>>>>>>>>   lllllllllll eeeeeeeeee aaaaaa rr nn ii nnn ggg   sssssssssssssssssssssssssss tttttt yyyyyyyy llllll eee sss   >>   aaa ff ffoo rd aa bbbb iiii llll ii t yy  

s t u d e n t

e n h a n c i n g
s u c c e s s
by   o f fe r i n g   va r i e t y
a n d   va l u e

7 

m u s t - h a ve

d e l i ve r i n g
i n fo r m a t i o n
w h e n   a n d 
w h e re   i t   i s 
n e e d e d

8

K N O W L E D G E   E N A B L E S   D I S C O V E R Y   >  Wiley is 
employing customer workfl ow research to develop 

branded content for use precisely when and where 

there is a need to know. By observing the ways in 

which our customers perform their business respon-

sibilities,  engage in lifelong learning experiences, and 

pursue their hobbies while using our products and 

services, we can better understand their needs and 

develop more fi nely tuned solutions. Through this 

interaction, our customers become co-creators 

without needing to write a single word. 

Greater understanding has helped the Frommer’s 

travel program grow from a print-on-paper guidebook 

business to one in which we are actively engaged with 

our customers throughout the travel cycle. Our travel 

newsletters, blogs, and online forums fuel their travel 

dreams, and they use our travel Web sites and guide-

books to plan their trips. During travel, customers use 

our print guides and podcast walking tours to enhance 

their experiences. Back home, they share their experi-

ences with family and friends through our online trip 

journals and photo albums. 

Frommer’s delivers up-to-date guidance, tips, and 

news to mobile travelers via podcasts, audio and video 

recordings available as streaming content online, or as 

fi le downloads for MP3 players. Frommer’s also powers

the Borders Trip Recommender through the Travel 

Kiosks rolled out in Borders bookstores this spring, 

featuring touch-screen displays and digital tools that 

provide targeted travel information and help customers 

to plan vacations on the spot that match their interests.

To keep up with the fast pace of software releases 

and technological innovations, Wiley’s WroxBlox pdf 

downloads provide customers with article-length 

information on cutting-edge topics well in advance of 

book publications. Written by the best in their fi elds, 

WroxBlox help customers get up to speed and stay 

up to date with the knowledge they need, on a wide 

variety of topics, at an affordable price. 

ccccccccccccccc uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu ssssssssssssssssssss ttttttttttttttttttttt oooooooooooooooooooo mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee rrrrrrrrrrrr   wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwooooooooooooooooooooooooooo rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk fffffffffffffffffffffffffffff llllllllllllllllllllll ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww   rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee sssssssssssss eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa rrrrrrrrrrrrrrcccccccccccccccc hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh   >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>   ddddddddddddddddddddddd iiiiiiiiiiiiii sssssssssssssssssss ccccccccccccccccc ooooooooooooooooooovvvvvvvvvvvvvveeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrraaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb iiiiiiiiiiii llllllllllll iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii ttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy   >>>>   ppppppppppppppppppp ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo dddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddd cccc aaa sssss ttt sss   >>>   ii nnnn tt eeee rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrraaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa cccccccccccccccccc tttttttttttttttttttttttt iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii ttttttttttttttttttttt yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy

9

 
 
 
K N O W L E D G E   F O S T E R S   C O L L A B O R A T I O N   > 
Society partnerships are at the heart of Wiley’s 

STMS business, also known as Wiley-Blackwell. 

Every year, more associations and learned societies 

choose to partner with us — this year alone, we signed 

new publishing agreements with societies for 65 

journals and renewed or extended publishing 

contracts for 74 more. A notable 2008 addition is CA: 

A Cancer Journal for Clinicians, the most widely read 

professional publication (circulation 100,000) of the 

American  Cancer Society, a long-time Wiley partner.  

  We work closely with societies to develop long-

term strategies that maximize each publication’s 

unique profi le, reach, and infl uence. To help them 

maintain the highest standard of excellence, Wiley is 

a leader in  global industry initiatives such as Cross-

Check, a service administered by CrossRef, the 

 collaborative reference-linking service, that helps 

detect plagiarism in submitted journal articles.

  With our society partners, Wiley is venturing onto 

new ground by focusing more keenly on the user 

experience and blending user-generated content with 

expert contributions. For example, Wiley’s new 

quarterly magazine with the Association of Women’s 

Health,  Obstetric and Neonatal Nurses, Health For 

Women (www.Health4WomenOnline.com), benefi ts by 

the established communication and trust between 

nurses and patients at medical offi ces and clinics in the 

U.S. and Canada. Wachter’s World (www.the-hospital-

ist.org/blogs), a blog Wiley publishes with Dr. Robert M. 

Wachter, co-founder of the Society of Hospital Medi-

cine, a publishing partner, engages physicians on 

current issues in hospital care and inpatient medicine.

  With institutional libraries the largest market for 

STMS content, Wiley convenes semi-annual advisory 

boards around the world, composed of prominent 

members of the international library community. 

Our Library Advisory Board provides insight that we 

share with our society partners about the needs of 

our readers. The Board also provides input regarding 

product and policy development.

Another forum for maintaining vibrant partnerships 

is the Executive Seminar series started by Blackwell 

and expanded as part of Wiley. This year, we spon-

sored events in Washington, D.C., London, Tokyo, 

Seoul, and Copenhagen. Hundreds of society executives 

and editors with whom we publish, as well as poten-

tial partners have attended to hear industry leaders 

 address trends and innovations in society publishing. 

ppppppppppppppppp uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu bbbbbbbbbbbb lllll iiiii ssssss hhhhh iii nnnnnn gggggggg    ppppppppp aaaaaaa rrrrrr ttttttttt nnnnnnnnnn eeeeeeeeee rrrrrrrrrr sssssssssssss hhhhhhhh iiiiii ppppppp ssssssss    >>>>>>>>   lllllll ooooooo nnnnnnn gggggggg -- tttttttt eeeeeeeeeeeee rrrrrrrrrrrr mmmmmmmmmmmmmm   ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt rrrrrrrrrrrrrrr aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa tttttttttttttt eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ggggggggggggggggggggg iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ssssssssssssss    >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>    iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ddddddddddddddddddddddd uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu ssssssssssssssssss ttttttttttttt rrrrrrrrrr yyyyyyyyyyyyyyy    lllllllllll eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ddddddddddddddddddddddddd eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee rrrrrrrrrrrrrr sssssssssssssssssss hhhhhhhhhhhhhh iiiiiiiiiiiii ppppppppppppppp            

10

 
>>>>>>>>>>   ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddddd aaaaaaaaaaaaaa rrrrrrrrrr ddddddddddddd ssssssssssssss   oooooooooo fffffffffffff    eeeeeeeeee xxxxxxxxxxxx ccccccc eeeeeeeee llllll llllll eeeeeeee nnnnnnnnnnn cccccccccccc eeeeeeeee 

s o c i e t y

b u i l d i n g   e n d u r i n g 
 re l a t i o n s h i p s   w i t h
p u b l i s h i n g   p a r t n e rs

11

b u i l d i n g   a 
b e t t e r   wo r l d 
t h ro u g h 
re s p o n s i b l e
c i t i z e n s h i p

c o r p o ra t e

12

ssssssssssssssssssss uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu sssssssssssssssss tttttttttttt aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa iiiiiiiiiii nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb iiiiiiiiiiiiiii llllllllll iiiiiiiiiiiiii ttttttttttttttttt yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy   >>>>>>>>    cccccccccccccccccccc oooooooooooooooooooooo mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu nnnnnnn iiiii ttttt yyyyy    >>>>>>>>   vvvvvvvvvaaaaaaaaa lllllllll uuuuuuuuuuuuuu eeeeeeeeeeeeee sssssssssss   >>>>>>   eeeeeee ttttt hhhhhhhh iiiiiii ccccccccc sssssssss   >>>>>>>>    pppp hhhhh iiii lllll aaaa nnn ttt hhhhhh rrrrrrrrooooooooo ppppppyyyyyyyyy >   vo l u n t e e r s

K N O W L E D G E   I N S P I R E S   C H A N G E   >  Sustainability 
is not a new concept at Wiley, a company that has 

prospered for more than 200 years. We are well 

known around the world for our leadership in 

 responsible corporate governance, ethical business 

practices, and philanthropic activities that benefi t the 

communities in which we are located. Wiley is 

actively engaged in various industry initiatives related 

to the environment, such as responsible paper 

purchasing practices. Through our leadership in 

programs such as HINARI, AGORA, and OARE, we 

help provide online information to researchers in 

developing nations who might otherwise not be able 

to afford access. In 2006, Blackwell became the fi rst 

publisher to become carbon neutral through offsets, 

a designation that was renewed this past year by 

Wiley. Last, but not least, we publish a signifi cant 

collection of titles on sustainability-related topics that 

add to the global discourse.

This is an opportune time to evaluate our practices 

and develop company-wide strategies and programs 

to manage various social, economic, and environ-

mental challenges we encounter in our business. 

We created a team to lead this initiative and engaged 

Business for Social Responsibility (www.bsr.org), a 

global leader in corporate responsibility consulting 

and research that helps its 250 member companies 

develop sustainable business strategies. We are in the 

process of identifying and prioritizing opportunities to 

improve our processes and practices, based on 

business conditions; benchmarking the approaches of 

peer companies; performing an internal assessment; 

and identifying metrics to gauge our progress.

13

 
                     t o   o u r
    s h a re h o l d e rs

Fiscal year 2008 was a transformative year, as refl ected in Wiley’s record results. Revenue increased 36% over the 
previous year to $1.7 billion, up from $1 billion just two years ago. Excluding Blackwell, revenue for the fi scal year 
increased 5%, with favorable foreign exchange contributing 2% to the year-on-year growth. On a U.S. GAAP basis, 
earnings per diluted share for fi scal year 2008 was $2.49, compared to $1.71 in fi scal year 2007. Excluding Blackwell 
and various tax benefi ts, adjusted earnings per diluted share improved 15% to $1.89. Blackwell’s performance was 
accretive to fi scal year 2008 earnings per dilutive share by approximately $0.29, excluding non-recurring tax benefi ts. 
Free cash fl ow of $117 million for the year, including discretionary pension contributions of approximately $48 
million to the Company’s U.S. and U.K. statutory plans, was principally used to repay debt of $158 million and pay 
dividends of $26 million. Outstanding debt on April 30, 2008, was $842 million, down signifi cantly from $1.2 bil-
lion at the time of the Blackwell acquisition in February 2007. 

B L A C K W E L L   S U R P A S S E S   E X P E C T A T I O N S

Blackwell was the primary driver of Wiley’s strong results in fi scal year 2008. Revenue of approximately 
$485 million and operating income of $63 million contributed approximately $0.55 to Wiley’s full-year adjusted 
earnings per diluted share, or $0.29, excluding one-time tax benefi ts, compared to dilution of $0.02 per share in 
the previous year. Included in operating expenses for the year were approximately $21 million of transition and 
integration-related costs. 

By just about every measure, Blackwell’s results exceeded our expectations. We are particularly pleased with our 
ability to attract and retain society partners; over the course of the year, we added 65 society journals, renewed or 
extended 74 journals, and lost only 3 journals to competitors. These impressive results were accomplished during 
a year of transition. Wiley and Blackwell colleagues around the world are collaborating effectively to serve our 
authors, society partners, and customers. 

In January, the Company announced our plan for a combined, enhanced, and rebranded online platform to support 
our global Scientifi c, Technical, Medical, and Scholarly business (STMS, also known as Wiley-Blackwell). The fi rst 
phase will be available to all Wiley and Blackwell customers beginning in July 2008, when all of Blackwell Synergy’s 
content and customers will be included in Wiley InterScience. The new enhanced service will be launched early in 
2009. Book distribution and customer service have been fully integrated into Wiley’s operations in the U.S., Canada, 
Europe, Asia, and Australia, resulting in costs savings, service improvements, and incremental sales. Off-shoring 
activities accelerated throughout the year, particularly journal production in Singapore and printing in Asia, where 
approximately half of the STMS journals are now printed. 

T H R E E   G L O B A L   B U S I N E S S E S

Clearly, Blackwell was the highlight of fi scal year 2008, but there is much more to this chapter in Wiley’s history, 
as the Company continues to evolve as a global enterprise. We have been implementing a global organizational 

14

 
 
 
structure across Wiley’s three core businesses. By leveraging our content services and capabilities around the 
world, we can better serve our authors, society partners, and customers, while increasing revenue, profi tability, and 
return on investment, and enhancing our position as the place to be. In fi scal year 2009, we anticipate reporting our 
 Company’s fi nancial and operating results as three global business segments. 

STMS: Now the largest of our three core businesses, STMS serves the world’s research and scholarly communities, and 
is the largest publisher for professional and scholarly societies. Its programs encompass journals, books, major reference 
works, databases, and laboratory manuals, offered in print and electronically. Through our Wiley InterScience online 
platform, we provide our customers access to a broad range of content, including 1,400 journals; two million articles; 5,000 
online books and major reference works; 10,000 laboratory protocols; and digital backfi les going back as far as 200 years. 

Wiley’s global STMS revenue grew 74% in fi scal year 2008 to $978 million, including Blackwell, or 6% excluding 
Blackwell. U.S. STM revenue grew 2% over prior year to $235 million. Revenue growth in the U.S. was attributable to 
moderate journal subscription growth, offset by softness in book sales and advertising revenue. In Asia, fi scal year 2008 
offered the fi rst glimpse of the powerful combination of Wiley and Blackwell, as revenue growth was strong, especially 
in Southeast Asia, China, and India. STMS journals and The Cochrane Library, an evidence-based medicine collection, 
contributed to growth in Europe. 

P/T: Our Professional/Trade business serves professionals and consumers alike, producing books, subscription content, 
and information services, in all media. Our portfolio of global brands includes For Dummies, Frommer’s, Betty Crocker, 
Pillsbury, CliffsNotes, Webster’s New World, J.K. Lasser, Jossey-Bass, Pfeiffer, and Sybex. Subject areas include business, 
technology, architecture, professional culinary, psychology, education, travel, health, religion, consumer reference, and 
general interest. 

Wiley’s global P/T revenue increased 3% to $469 million, with strong showings in Europe and Asia. U.S. P/T  revenue 
advanced slightly to $395 million from $391 million in the previous year. U.S. P/T delivered solid results for the fi rst 
nine months, but the fourth quarter was adversely affected by a combination of sluggish market conditions and tight in-
ventory management by some key accounts. Despite the challenging fourth quarter, the business, psychology, technology, 

15

 and general interest programs turned in strong results for the year, as did sales of rights and brand licensing. In Europe, 
indigenous publishing programs drove the growth, particularly For Dummies titles. In addition, Frommer’s is building 
market share in the U.K. travel market. P/T revenues were strong across almost all territories in Asia.

It was a strong year for P/T digital initiatives, including the launch of the Webster’s New World Web site and 
J.K.Lasser.com. Frommers.com included its fi rst sponsored microsite, Family Vacations with Sheraton Hotels, as 
well as a custom site for Rail Europe, and a blog by Arthur Frommer, featuring travel resources, tips, travel bargains, 
and current events. Nonetheless, P/T is still primarily a global print book business. Notable Wiley titles during 2008 
included Fred Kaplan’s Daydream Believers: How a Few Grand Ideas Wrecked American Power; Jim Hightower’s 
Swim Against the Current: Even a Dead Fish Can Go With the Flow; Mark Bittman’s How to Cook Everything 
Vegetarian; the fi fth title in the best-selling Little Book series, The Little Book That Builds Wealth: The Knockout 
Formula for Finding Great Investments by Pat Dorsey; Ready, Fire, Aim: Zero to $100 Million in No Time Flat by 
Michael Masterson; How: Why How We Do Anything Means Everything…in Business (and in Life) by Dov Seidman; 
and The Architect’s Handbook of Professional Practice, 14th edition. 

Raising our bicentennial banner on the Great Wall of China. >  Peter Booth Wiley celebrates 200 years of publishing.

HE: In Higher Education, Wiley’s mission is to help teachers teach and students learn. Our Higher Education busi-
ness serves teachers, undergraduate and graduate students, and lifelong learners. We publish educational materials 
in all media, notably through WileyPLUS, our integrated online suite of teaching and learning resources. Wiley 
publishes higher education learning materials in the sciences, engineering, mathematics, business/accounting, 
 geography, computer science, statistics, education, psychology, and modern languages. 

Globally, Higher Education increased 5% for the full year to $227 million. U.S. Higher Education revenue increased 
1% in fi scal year 2008 to $165 million. Solid performances by the science and business/accounting programs, sales 
of Microsoft Offi cial Academic Course books, and the sale of translation rights and reprints were offset by back-
list attrition in mathematics, engineering, and the social sciences. The year ended on a positive note with a strong 
fourth quarter, driven primarily by the continued success of WileyPLUS. HE sales were strong in Europe, China, 
India, Thailand, Japan, Indonesia, Canada, and Australia. Forty percent of the highly successful Visualizing titles, 
published in conjunction with National Geographic, are selling with WileyPLUS.

16

WileyPLUS sales increased 35% over prior year, with digital-only sales nearly doubling. Student usage around the 
world continued to climb sharply, with registered users increasing 10% in the U.S. and more than doubling outside 
the U.S. Seventeen percent of the WileyPLUS user base is located outside the U.S. WileyPLUS ended the year with 
a milestone achievement, the validation of the 500,000th student user in April. Online sales directly to students also 
grew signifi cantly. During the year, Wiley was one of six publishers to launch CourseSmart, which provides thou-
sands of textbooks in eTextbook format on a common platform.

W I L E Y ’ S   “ E D G E ”   I N   P U B L I S H I N G

Throughout the year, as Wiley was deeply engaged in the process of integrating the largest acquisition in the 
Company’s 200-year history, we led our businesses in intensely competitive markets; continued Wiley’s evolution 
as a global enterprise; invested in our future; and reported record fi nancial results. Our colleagues have been able 
to navigate the year’s challenges with the dedication, commitment, and professionalism that distinguish Wiley.

During the past year we had the privilege to celebrate our Bicentennial with Wiley colleagues around the world. 
Our interaction with them confi rmed our strongly held view that Wiley’s culture is indeed a powerful source of 
sustainable competitive advantage. 

Our colleagues work together to make a difference in the personal and professional lives of human beings. Wiley’s 
mission is about teaching, learning, enlightening, enriching, and informing. Our publications have opened many 
new frontiers for readers to explore. Last fall, we were proud to learn that nine of 2007’s Nobel Prize winners are 
members of Wiley’s author community, joining more than 350 Nobel Laureates who have published with us over 
the years, representing every category in which the prize is awarded (Literature, Economics, Physiology/Medicine, 
Chemistry, Physics, and Peace). Our collaboration with this esteemed group refl ects Wiley’s unwavering commit-
ment to publishing “must-have” content and sharing it with readers around the world. 

As we embark on our third century, we are becoming more customer-centric, more fl exible, and more dynamic in 
our interactions with the constituencies we serve. Enabled by technology and the creativity of our colleagues, we 
are providing more access to more content to more people than ever before in our history. Publishing at Wiley has 
certainly evolved, but our core values still endure, providing a rock-solid foundation for future growth and prosperity.

Sincerely,

William J. Pesce
President and Chief Executive Offi cer

Peter Booth Wiley
Chairman of the Board

17

c h a r l e s   r.  e l l i s

1 9 3 5 -2 0 0 8

w i l e yw i l e y

v i s i o n

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 

aspires to be a valued and 

respected provider of 

products and services 

that make important 

contributions to advances 

in knowledge and under-

standing, a role that is 

essential to progress in a 

healthy and prosperous 

society. While fulfilling 

this role, we strive to 

build lasting, collaborative 

relationships with all of 

our stakeholders. We are 

dedicated to sustaining 

Wiley’s performance-

 driven culture, which 

requires our unwavering 

commitment to the highest 

standard of ethical 

behavior and integrity in 

everything we do.

Charles R. Ellis, President and CEO of Wiley from June 
1990 until May 1998, died in Paris on May 4, 2008, after 
a battle with cancer.

Charles led the company from the diffi cult days of the 
late 1980s into the sustained period of growth and profi t-
ability that continues into the present. On his watch, 
Wiley executed the acquisition of VCH Publishing Group 
and Alan R. Liss, raising its stature as an STM publisher 
considerably; was listed on the NYSE; and launched its 
fi rst online ventures. In the year of Charles’s retirement, 
the Financial Times ranked Wiley as the world’s 27th 
most respected company.

Beyond his role at Wiley, Charles was an insightful and 
indefatigable advocate for the publishing community 
worldwide. With his considerable diplomatic skills 
and a cosmopolitan perspective enhanced by his early 
European experiences with Pergamon Press and Elsevier, 
Charles was notably effective as Vice President of the 
International Publishers Association (IPA) and Chair-
man of the Association of American Publishers (AAP), 
which in 1998 presented him with its highest honor, the 
Curtis Benjamin Award for Creative Publishing. He was 
a staunch defender of copyright, seeing it as essential 
to the encouragement and rewarding of creativity, and 
he played an important role in developing the Digital 
Object Identifi er (DOI) system, which facilitates the 
tracking of content use and the enforcement of copy-
right laws online.

A graduate of Princeton University, Charles was initially 
attracted to a life in the academic world, and many of his 
lifelong beliefs were informed by his work as secretary 
to Bertrand Russell during the establishment of the 
Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament. In publishing, he 
found an ideal way to honor his intellectual and ethical 
values while meeting the practical needs of raising a 
family. Those with the good fortune to have worked 
with this decent, charming, and thoughtful man will not 
forget him.

18

To promote the best corporate governance practices, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., adheres to the Corporate Governance 
•   We are responsible to the communities in which we 
M I S S I O N
work. These communities should benefi t from our 
Principles set forth at the Corporate Governance section on wiley.com and in the Company’s Proxy (online at http://
Wiley provides must-have content and services to 
good citizenship, including our support of education-
professionals, scientists, educators, students, lifelong 
www.wiley.com/go/communications). The Board of Directors and management believe that these Principles, which are 
al and cultural organizations.
learners, and consumers worldwide. Wiley is dedicated 
consistent with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange, are 
to serving our customers’ needs, while generating attrac-
in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders, and other stakeholders, including colleagues, authors, customers 
tive intellectual and fi nancial rewards for all of our 
and suppliers. The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Company has a management team capable of represent-
stakeholders — authors, colleagues, partners, and 
ing these interests and of achieving superior business performance. 
stockholders.

Wiley has achieved superior results and continues to 
grow by focusing on three overarching goals:

G O A L S   A N D   S T R A T E G I E S

V A L U E S

Founded in 1807, during the presidency of Thomas 
 Jefferson, Wiley has evolved into one of the world’s 
most respected publishing companies. We strongly 
believe in the enduring value of collaborative relationships, 
built on a solid foundation of trust and integrity. We 
strive to be the very best at all that we do, which 
strengthens our competitive position and results in 
 consistently strong performance.

Wiley’s strength is based on the efforts and accomplish-
ments of a diverse group of people who are distin-
guished by their integrity, creativity, talent, initiative, 
and dedication.

•   We are responsible to our customers, who rely on the 
quality of our products and services to meet their 
needs. Service must be prompt and effi cient and 
prices should be reasonable.

•   We are responsible to our authors and partners, who 
collaborate with us to create high-quality products 
and services, and who deserve appropriate recogni-
tion and compensation for their efforts.

•   We are responsible to our colleagues, whom we respect 
as human beings fi rst, professionals second. We must 
provide a reasonable sense of security, pleasant and 
safe working conditions, fair compensation and 
benefi t programs, and opportunities for professional 
growth.

•   We are responsible to our shareholders, who should 
realize a fair return on their investments. Investors 
can rely on a highly capable leadership team and an 
independent Board of Directors distinguished by 
their commitment to effective governance, ethical 
behavior, and integrity in all that we do.

•  Building long-term relationships with our customers
•   Increasing profi tability, cash fl ow, and return on 

investment

•   Enhancing Wiley’s position as the place to be for all 

of our stakeholders.

We are realizing these goals through the following 
strategies:

•   Exploiting our global positions and brands by 

collaborating across our organization and constantly 
striving to improve the quality of our products and 
services around the world

•   Capitalizing on the connections among our core 

businesses — Professional/Trade; Scientifi c, Techni-
cal, Medical, and Scholarly, also known as Wiley-
Blackwell; and Higher Education — to better serve 
customers and drive growth

•   Pursuing partnerships and alliances with highly 

regarded organizations to add content, services, and 
capabilities to our portfolio

•   Building on our successful track record with acquisi-

tions by consummating transactions that are strategic 
and fi nancially responsible, and executing our 
integration plans effectively by adhering to a best 
practices approach

•   Leveraging our investments in technology to create 
value for our customers, facilitate communication 
with our stake holders, and increase productivity 
throughout the Company. 

19

S C R E E N S

making a differen ce  in  the personal  an d professi ona l  li ves  of  o ur

20

S H O T   T O   B E   I N S E R T E D

P R O D U C T S

Books, subscription content, and 
information services in all media. 
Subject areas include business, 
technology, architecture, profes-
sional culinary, psychology, 
education, travel, health, religion, 
consumer reference, pets, and 
general interest.

C U S T O M E R S

Professionals, consumers, and 
students worldwide.

D I S T R I B U T I O N

Multiple channels globally, 
including major chains and online 
booksellers, independent book-
stores, libraries, colleges and 
universities, warehouse clubs, 
corporations, direct marketing, 
and Web sites.

B R A N D S / F R A N C H I S E S 

For Dummies, Jossey-Bass, 
Frommer’s, Betty Crocker, 
Pillsbury, CliffsNotes, Webster’s 
New World, Visual, Howell Book 
House, J.K. Lasser, Unoffi cial 
Guide, Pfeiffer, Wrox, Archi-
tectural Graphic Standards, 
Capstone, Wrightbooks, Audel, 
Sybex, Wiley Nautical, Whatson-
when, Fisher Investments Press.

F I S C A L   Y E A R 
2 0 0 8   H I G H L I G H T S

Increased global Professional/
Trade revenue by 3% to $469 
million, driven by our business, 
general interest, and psychol-
ogy programs, as well as brand 
licensing and global rights.

Grew online business signifi -
cantly through advertising and 
licensing of Frommer’s, What-
sonwhen, and For Dummies 
content.

Extended Frommer’s brand 
with blogs, interactive maps, 
and audio walking tours; Arthur 
Frommer’s blog named to New 
York Post “10 top web sites for 
travelers in 2008” list.

Launched several digital initia-
tives, including The Leadership 
Challenge Leadercast Series 
of podcasts supporting the 
Leadership Challenge franchise; 
Student LPI (Leadership Prac-
tices Inventory) Online; Sybex 
TestSuccess online prepara-
tion material for technology 
certifi cation exams; WroxBlox 
downloadable pdfs on cutting-
edge technology topics; and For 
Dummies audio language CDs.

Launched Web sites for 
Webster’s New World (webster-
snewworld.com), featuring 
online catalog, “Word of the 
Year” selections and archives, 
and radio interviews; and for 
J.K. Lasser (jklasser.com), 
featuring content, services, 
and community features.

Signed agreement to launch 
Fisher Investments Press imprint 
with Ken Fisher, CEO of Fisher 
Investments and author of best-
selling Wiley title The Only Three 
Questions That Count: Investing 
by Knowing What Others Don’t.

P U B L I S H I N G   C E N T E R S 

Australia, Canada, Germany, 
Singapore, U.K., and U.S.

S T R A T E G I E S

Build core publishing categories 
through organic growth and 
acquisition.

Strengthen and expand 
strategic alliances and 
franchise products globally.

Develop and grow industry-
leading brands; expand their 
reach through partnerships and 
electronic platforms.

Capitalize on global organiza-
tion to manage key accounts 
and coordinate local operations 
globally.

Leverage the Internet for online 
sales, advertising revenue from 
branded sites, and content 
licensing.

Expand electronic publishing 
activities, focusing on key fran-
chises, alliances, and brands.

Grow custom and proprietary 
publishing business.

Expand Asian publishing pro-
grams, including translations, 
co-publishing, and English-
language reprints.

Develop new products and 
services that leverage both 
multi-channel print sales capa-
bilities and/or electronic/digital 
capabilities.

Generate savings and drive 
productivity improvements 
by expanding off-shoring and 
outsourcing of various content-
management, manufacturing, 
and shared support services. 

targeted audiences   

> profes sional and trade

21

  
P R O D U C T S

Educational materials in all 
media for two- and four-year 
colleges and universities, 
for-profi t career colleges, and 
advanced placement classes, as 
well as for secondary schools in 
Australia.

C U S T O M E R S

Undergraduate, graduate, and 

advanced placement students, 

educators, and lifelong learners 

worldwide, and secondary 

school students in Australia.

D I S T R I B U T I O N

Multiple channels including 
college bookstores, online 
booksellers, and direct sales to 
customers.

B R A N D S / F R A N C H I S E S

Wiley, Wiley/Jossey-Bass, 
WileyPLUS, CATALYST, 
WileyFLEX, Wiley Desktop 
Editions, Wiley Visualizing, Wiley 
Pathways, Business Extra Select, 
Wiley/MOAC, Jacaranda

F I S C A L   Y E A R 
2 0 0 8   H I G H L I G H T S

Increased global Higher 
Education revenue 5% to 
$227 million. Strong sales in 
accounting, the sciences, 
and content licensing, and of 
Microsoft Offi cial Academic 
Course (MOAC) titles, 
contributed to the results.

Continued to lower costs 
through off-shore composition, 
improved vendor terms, and 
electronic product delivery.

Increased overall WileyPLUS 
revenue by 35%, and WileyPLUS 
e-commerce revenue by 80%; 
the number of WileyPLUS users 
exceeded 500,000.

Overall activity of the Wiley 
Faculty Network (WFN), a 
peer-to-peer resource to help 
instructors use Wiley technology 
products effectively, grew by 
62%; nearly twice the number of 
faculty members registered for 
WFN Virtual Guest Lectures as in 
prior year.

Signed publishing agreement 
for online courses with Gatlin 
Education Services (GES), 
world’s largest provider of 
online workforce development 
programs.

Partnered with Scholastic to 
create Wiley/Scholastic Library 
of Children’s Books for adopters 
of the Wiley textbook Flint/
Literate Lives: Teaching Reading 
and Writing in the Elementary 
Classroom. 

Joined with fi ve other publishers 
to create CourseSmart, an 
online ecommerce portal used 
to sell products and distribute 
complimentary copies of 
textbooks to professors 
electronically. 

S T R A T E G I E S

Grow market positions in all 
disciplines.

Develop and promote products, 
services, tools, and business 
models that deliver value to our 
customers and promote Wiley 
brand loyalty.

Expand market penetration 
and reach of WileyPLUS globally.

Offer products in a variety 
of formats, both print and 
electronic, to provide customers 
with choices.

Leverage partnerships for 
expansion into new markets.

Expand custom publishing 
business.

Increase sales of Higher 
Education products into non-
traditional college channels, 
including career colleges, 
advanced placement classes, 
and continuing education.

Grow Higher Education 
worldwide through adaptations, 
translations, and indigenous 
publishing.

Tap opportunities in growth 
markets in Asia and the 
Middle East.

Generate savings and drive 
productivity improvements 
by expanding off-shoring and 
outsourcing of manufacturing 
and shared support services. 

P U B L I S H I N G   C E N T E R S

Australia, Canada, India, U.K., 
and U.S.

22

 h igh er education >  h e l p i n g   t e a c h e rs 

t o t e a c h  a n d   s t u d e n t s   t o   l e a r n   

23

P R O D U C T S

Journals, encyclopedias, 
books, databases, and 
laboratory manuals in the life 
sciences, physical sciences, 
social sciences, medicine, 
the humanities, engineering, 
dentistry, veterinary science, 
nursing, and other research-
based professions, delivered in 
print and online.

C U S T O M E R S

Academic, corporate, govern-

ment, and public libraries; 

researchers; clinicians; engineers 

and technologists; scholarly and 

professional societies; students; 

and professors worldwide.

D I S T R I B U T I O N

Multiple channels including 
libraries, library consortia, 
subscription agents, bookstores, 
online booksellers, and direct 
sales to customers.

Collaborate with online enter-
prises that add value to Wiley 
InterScience and to the new 
Wiley-Blackwell platform that 
will replace it in 2009.

Expand online offerings of book 
backfi les and legacy reference 
works.

Build advertising-supported 
publications business.

Grow business in Asia, adding 
new customers, authors, and 
publishing programs.

Generate savings and drive 
productivity improvements 
by expanding off-shoring and 
outsourcing of various content-
management, manufacturing, 
and shared support services.

F I S C A L   Y E A R 
2 0 0 8   H I G H L I G H T S

Increased global revenue for 
STMS (also known as Wiley-
Blackwell) by 74% to $978 
 million, or 6% excluding Black-
well. Blackwell’s revenue for 

(continued on page 26) 

B R A N D S / F R A N C H I S E S 
Imprints: Wiley, Wiley-Blackwell, 
Wiley-VCH, Blackwell Publish-
ing, 5 Minute Vet Consult, BMJ 
Books, BPS-Blackwell, Blackwell 
Synergy, Ernst & Sohn, GIT 
 Verlag, IEEE Press, IFT Press, 
ISTE, Le Jacq, Polity, UK Vet, 
Verlag Chimica Acta, Wiley 
AcerS, Wiley AIChE. Other brands 
include Wiley InterScience, 
 Essential Evidence Plus (formerly 
InfoPOEMs), PharmaFile, The 
Cochrane Library. 

P U B L I S H I N G   C E N T E R S

Australia, Germany, Singapore, 
U.K., and U.S.

S T R A T E G I E S

Develop and manage as a global 
business.

Partner with medical, scholarly, 
and professional societies.

Provide superior support to 
customers and clients.

Expand online content portfolio 
and enhance it with additional 
tools and services to improve 
researchers’ and professionals’ 
productivity.

Make content and services more 
accessible via enhanced online 
platforms.

Create new online business 
models and services.

>  sc ie nt ific, technical, m edi cal,   and sch ol arl y  >  providing services

24

and  must-have content to  researchers and practitioners and their     
      sc ho la rly and p rofessional s ocieti e s i n rese arch- b ase d  p ro fes si o ns

25

Society for Research in Child 
Development, the Society for 
the Study of Addiction, and the 
Society of Plastics Engineers.

Launched 25 new journals and 
other serial publications, includ-
ing Biofuels, Bioproducts and 
Biorefi ning (Biofpr, in collabora-
tion with the Society of Chemical 
Industry), ChemSusChem, 
Current Protocols in Stem Cells, 
and Health for Women.

Launched several other key 
products, including Essential 
Evidence Plus, an enhanced 
version of the evidence-based 
medicine point-of-care resource 
InfoPOEMs with InfoRetriever, 
and Mass Spectral Collections of 
Drugs, the most comprehensive 
such reference, in print and on 
CD-ROM.

Sponsored Wiley-Blackwell 
 Executive Seminars, for execu-
tives and editors of professional 
and scholarly societies, in 
London, Washington, D.C., 
 Copenhagen, Seoul, and Tokyo.

S T M S   2 0 0 8   H I G H L I G H T S
(continued from  page 24)

FY 2008 was $485 million, 
the vast majority of which is 
included in global STMS.

Wiley InterScience visits grew 
by 60%, with journal article 
downloads increasing by 22% to 
47 million and nonjournal content 
downloads increasing by 18% 
to 7.5 million. Similarly, journal 
article downloads on Black-
well’s online platform, Blackwell 
Synergy, grew by 14% to 71.5 
million; Blackwell’s online book 
program, launched in October 
2006, had 1.5 million accesses in 
the past year.

The number of books available 
online through Wiley Inter-
Science continued to grow, with 
over 6,000 titles now available, 
including over 1,500 from the 
former Blackwell.

Signed new publishing agree-
ments for 65 journals with 
societies including the American 
Association of Anatomists, 
the American Anthropological 
Association (AAA), the Cognitive 
Science Society, the Interna-
tional Union of Biochemistry 
and Molecular Biology, the 
RAND Corporation, the Royal 
Statistical Society, the Society 
of  Academic Emergency 
Medicine, the Statistical Society 
of Canada, and the Triological 
Society, among others.

Renewed or extended publishing 
contracts for 74 journals with 
societies including the American 
Association for the Study of 
Liver Diseases, the American 
Cancer Society, the American 
Institute of Chemical Engineers, 
The Cochrane Library, the 
 German Pharmaceutical Society, 
the International Society on 
Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 
the Pathological Society, the 
Policy Studies Organisation, 
the Royal Entomological 
Society, the Society for Applied 
Microbiology, the Scandinavian 
Plant Physiology Society, the 

26

FORM 10-K 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, DC  20549 

[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2008 

OR 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED) 

For the transition period from       to 
Commission file number     1-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 

State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 

Address of principal executive offices 

13-5593032 

I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

07030 

Zip Code 

(201) 748-6000 

Registrant’s telephone number 
including area code 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of 
the Act: Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 

Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to 
Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

-1- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the    
Exchange Act. 

Yes |   |     No |X | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months (or  for  such shorter  period  that  the  registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. |   |  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-accelerated 
filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer   |X|           Accelerated filer   |    |           Non-accelerated filer   |    | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  

Yes |    |      No |X| 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the 
closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, October 31, 
2007, was approximately $1,943,059,902.  The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2008 was 
49,006,732 and 9,645,765 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  use  in  connection  with  its  annual  meeting  of  stockholders 
scheduled to be held on September 18, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this form 10-K.   

-2-

 
 
 
JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2008 
INDEX 

PART I 
ITEM 1.  
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2.  
ITEM 3.  
ITEM 4.  

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

PAGE 

                          4 
                                    4-7 
                          7 
                                       8 
                          8 
                          9 

PART II 
ITEM 5.             Market for the Company’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   

                          9 
ITEM 6.             Selected Financial Data  
                                       9 
ITEM 7.             Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations              9 
ITEM 7A.          Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
                          9 
ITEM 8.             Financial Statements and Supplemental Data 
                          9 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure           80 
ITEM 9.  
Controls and Procedures 
ITEM 9A. 
                        80 
Other Information 
ITEM 9B. 
                        80 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 
Executive Compensation 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12.           Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
                          Matters        
ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   
Principal Accounting Fees and Services   

                                     82 
                        82 
                                     82 

      81-82 
                        82 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

Signatures 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

     83-85 

                                86-92 

-3-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

The  Company,  founded  in  1807,  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  New  York  on  January  15,  1904.  (As  used 
herein  the  term  “Company”  means  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliated  companies, 
unless the context indicates otherwise.) 

The  Company  is  a  global  publisher  of  print  and  electronic  products,  providing  content  and  solutions  to 
customers worldwide. Core businesses produce professional and consumer books and subscription products; 
scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, encyclopedias, books, and online products; and textbooks 
and educational materials, including integrated online teaching and learning resources, for undergraduate and 
graduate  students,  teachers  and  lifelong  learners.  The  Company  takes  full  advantage  of  its  content  from  all 
three  core  businesses  in  developing  and  cross-marketing  products  to  its  diverse  customer  base  of 
professionals, consumers, researchers, students, and educators. The use of technology enables the Company 
to make its content more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company maintains   publishing, 
marketing, and distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Further  description  of  the  Company’s  business  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  the  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2008, the Company employed approximately 4,800 persons on a full-time basis worldwide. 

Financial Information About Industry Segments 

The  note  entitled  “Segment  Information”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K, both listed in the attached index, are incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales 

The  note  entitled  “Segment  Information”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K, both listed in the attached index, are incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

This section describes the major business risks to the Company and should be carefully considered. 

Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: 

This  10-K  and  our  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  for  the  year  ending  April  30,  2008 report  contains certain 
forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance,  and  financial  condition.  In 
addition, the Company provides forward-looking statements in other materials released to the public as well as 
oral forward-looking information.  Statements which contain the words anticipate, expect, believes, estimate, 
project,  forecast,  plan,  outlook,  intend  and  similar  expressions  constitute  forward-looking  statements  that 
involve risk and uncertainties. Reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, as actual results 
may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. 

-4-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are 
inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company, 
and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the 
level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates for the Company’s journals; 
(iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers 
and retail accounts; (v) the market position and financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the impact of the used-
book  market;  (vii)  worldwide  economic  and  political  conditions;  and  (viii)  the  Company’s  ability  to  protect  its 
copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  worldwide  (ix)  other  factors  detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the 
Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to 
update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Operating Costs and Expenses 

The Company has a significant investment, and cost, in its employee base around the world.  The Company 
offers  competitive  salaries  and  benefits  in  order  to  attract  and  retain  the  highly  skilled  workforce  needed  to 
sustain  and  develop  new  products  and  services  required  for  growth.    Employment  and  benefit  costs  are 
affected by competitive market conditions for qualified individuals, and factors such as healthcare, pension and 
retirement  benefits  costs.    The  Company  is  a  large  paper  purchaser,  and  paper  prices  may  fluctuate 
significantly  from  time-to-time.    The  Company  attempts  to  moderate  the  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  price  by 
entering into multi-year supply contracts and having alternative suppliers available.  In general, however, any 
significant  increase  in  the  costs  of  goods  and  services  provided  to  the  Company  may  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s costs of operation. 

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights 

Substantially all of the Company’s publications are protected by copyright, held either in the Company’s name, 
in the name of the author of the work, or in the name of the sponsoring professional society. Such copyrights 
protect the Company’s exclusive right to publish the work in the United States and in many countries abroad 
for specified periods, in most cases the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum of 28 years for 
works  published  prior  to  1978  and  50  years  for  works  published  thereafter.  The  ability  of  the  Company  to 
continue to achieve its expected results depends, in part, upon the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual 
property  rights.  The  Company’s  results  may  be  adversely  affected  by  lack  of  legal  and/or  technological 
protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

Maintaining the Company’s Reputation 

Professionals worldwide rely upon many of the Company’s publications to perform their jobs. It is imperative 
that the Company consistently demonstrates its ability to maintain the integrity of the information included in its 
publications. Adverse publicity, whether or not valid, may reduce demand for the Company’s publications. 

Trade Concentration and Credit Risk 

In  the  journal  publishing  business,  subscriptions  are  primarily  sourced  through  journal  subscription  agents 
who, acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings 
of  each  subscriber  with  various  publishers.  Cash  is  generally  collected  in  advance  from  subscribers  by  the 
subscription  agents  and  is  remitted  to  the  journal  publisher,  including  the  Company,  generally  prior  to  the 
commencement  of  the  subscriptions.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  the  Company  had  minimal  credit  risk 
exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent 

-5-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents  account  for  approximately  20%  of  consolidated 
book and journal revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue.  

The Company’s business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in 
national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 6% of 
consolidated  book  and  journal  revenue,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  19%  of  total 
consolidated  revenue  and  approximately  39%  of  total  gross  trade  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2008.  
Payments for the sale of journals are predominantly collected in advance. 

Changes in Regulation and Accounting Standards 

The Company maintains publishing, marketing and distribution centers in Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe and 
the United States. The conduct of our business, including the sourcing of content, distribution, sales, marketing 
and  advertising  is  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  administered  by  governments  around  the  world. 
Changes  in  laws,  regulations  or  government  policies,  including  taxation  requirements  and  accounting 
standards, may adversely affect the Company’s future financial results. 

Introduction of New Technologies or Products 

Media  and  publishing  companies  exist  in  rapidly  changing  technological  and  competitive  environments.  
Therefore, the Company must continue to invest in technological and other innovations and adapt in order to 
continue to add value to its products and services and remain competitive.  There are uncertainties whenever 
developing new products and services, and it is often possible that such new products and services may not 
be launched or if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services. 

Competition for Market Share and Author and Society Relationships 

The  Company  operates  in  highly  competitive  markets.    Success  and  continued  growth  depends  greatly  on 
developing  new  products  and  the  means  to  deliver  them  in  an  environment  of  rapid  technological  change.   
Attracting new authors and societies, while retaining our existing relationships are also critical to our success.  
We believe the Company is well positioned to meet these business challenges with the strength of our brands, 
our reputation and innovative abilities. 

Effects of Inflation and Cost Increases 

The Company, from time to time, experiences cost increases reflecting, in part, general inflationary factors. To 
mitigate the effect of cost increases, the Company may take various steps to reduce development, production 
and  manufacturing  costs.  In  addition,  the  selling  prices  for  our  products  may  be  selectively  increased  as 
marketplace conditions permit. 

Ability to Successfully Integrate Key Acquisitions 

The  Company’s  growth  strategy  includes  title,  imprint  and  business  acquisitions  which  complement  the 
Company’s existing businesses; the development of new products and services; designing and implementing 
new  methods  of  delivering  products  to  our  customers,  and  organic  growth  of  existing  brands  and  titles.  
Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on costs, revenues, cash flows, and financial position such as, the 
Company’s acquisition of Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. (“Blackwell”) more fully described in Note 4 of 
the  annual  report.    Acquisitions  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  difficulties  in  integrating  acquired 

-6-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations  and  in  realizing  expected  opportunities,  diversions  of  management  resources  and  loss  of  key 
employees, challenges with respect to operating new businesses, debt incurred in financing such acquisitions, 
and other unanticipated problems and liabilities. 

Attracting and Retaining Key Employees 

The Company’s success is highly dependent upon the retention of key employees globally.  In addition, we are 
dependent  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  attract  new  employees  with  key  skills  to  support  the  continued 
organic growth of the business. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

-7-

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties 

The  Company  occupies  office,  warehouse,  and  distribution  facilities  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  as  listed 
below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which is considered 
material  property).    All  of  the  buildings  and  the  equipment  owned  or  leased  are  believed  to  be  in  good 
condition and are generally fully utilized. 

              Location             

Purpose                    

 Approx. Sq. Ft.                Lease Expiration 

Leased 
Australia         

Canada  

England  

Office 
Office 
Warehouse 

Office & Warehouse 
Office 

Warehouse 
Office 
Office 
Warehouse 

Singapore        

Office & Warehouse 
Office 

Germany  

Office  
Office  

India 

Warehouse 

  26,000 
  33,000   
  68,000    

  87,000  
  19,000 

  81,000 
  63,000 
  17,000 
146,000 

  61,000 
  15,000 

  19,000 
  29,000 

  12,000 

United States: 
New Jersey 

Corporate Headquarters 

383,000 

New Jersey 

Distribution Center & Office  185,000 

                New Jersey       

Warehouses   

380,000     

Indiana 

California  

Office 

Office 

Massachusetts            Office 

Owned  
Germany       

England 

Office    

Office 
Office  

116,000 

  38,000 

  49,000 

  58,000 

  49,000 
  21,000 

Iowa  

Office & Warehouse 

  27,000 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

2018 
2020 
2016 

2011 
2010 

2012 
2027 
2025 
2021 

2010 
2008 

2013 
2009 

2010 

2017 

2020 

2021 

2019 

2012 

2017 

The  Company  is  involved  in  routine  litigation  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.    In  the  opinion  of 
management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon the financial 
condition or results of operations of the Company. 

-8-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

No matters were submitted to the Company’s security holders during the last quarter of the fiscal year ended 
April 30, 2008. 

PART II 

Item 5.    Market for the Company’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities 

The Quarterly Share Prices, Dividends, and Related Stockholder Matters listed in the index on page 10 are 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The Selected Financial Data listed in the index on page 10 is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations listed in the index 
on page 10 are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

The  information  appearing  under  the  caption  “Market  Risk”  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  listed  in  the  index  on  page  10  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplemental Data 

The Financial Statements and Supplemental Data listed in the index on page 10 is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

-9-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES 

The following financial statements and information appearing on the pages indicated are filed as part of this report: 

                  Page(s) 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business, Financial Condition 

and Results of Operations.......................................……………………….…….…………                 11-41 

Results by Quarter (Unaudited)........................................……………………………………….. 

             42 

Quarterly Share Prices, Dividends, and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities.....……………………………………………………..........  

43 

Selected Financial Data...............................................…………………………………………...                       44 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting …………………………… 

             45 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm……………………………………..                 46-47 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2008 and 2007.............………. 

             48 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended  

April 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006 ……………………………………………………………… 

                49 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended  

April 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006……………………………………………………. 

   50 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the 

years ended April 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006…...............................……………………… 

             51 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...................………………....…………….……….                  52-78 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

for the years ended April 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006….......................……………………                      79 

Other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they apply or because the information 
required is included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-10-

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business,  
Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The  Company  is  a  global  publisher  of  print  and  electronic  products,  providing  content  and  solutions  to 
customers  worldwide.  Core  businesses  produce  professional  and  consumer  books  and  subscription  products; 
scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, encyclopedias, books, and online products; and textbooks 
and educational materials, including integrated online teaching and learning resources, for undergraduate and 
graduate  students,  teachers  and  lifelong  learners.  The  Company  takes  full  advantage  of  its  content  from  all 
three  core  businesses  in  developing  and  cross-marketing  products  to  its  diverse  customer  base  of 
professionals, consumers, researchers, students, and educators.   The use of technology enables the Company 
to  make  its  content  more  accessible  to  its  customers  around  the  world.  The  Company  maintains  publishing, 
marketing, and distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Business  growth  comes  from  a  combination  of  title,  imprint  and  business  acquisitions  which  complement  the 
Company’s  existing  businesses;  from  the  development  of  new  products  and  services;  from  designing  and 
implementing new methods of delivering products to our customers; and from organic growth of existing brands 
and titles. 

Core Businesses 

Professional/Trade: 

The Company’s Professional/Trade business acquires, develops and publishes books and subscription products 
in all media, in the subject areas of business, technology, architecture, culinary, psychology, education, travel, 
consumer  reference,  and  general  interest.  Products  are  developed  for  worldwide  distribution  through  multiple 
channels,  including  major  chains  and  online  booksellers,  independent  bookstores,  libraries,  colleges  and 
universities,  warehouse  clubs,  corporations,  direct  marketing,  and  Web  sites.  Global  Professional/Trade 
publishing accounted for approximately 28% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2008. 

Key  revenue  growth  strategies  of  the  Professional/Trade  business  include  adding  value  to  its  content, 
developing its leading brands and franchises, and executing strategic acquisitions. Revenue for the Company’s 
worldwide Professional/Trade business grew at a compound annual rate of 5% over the past five years. 

Publishing  alliances  and  franchise  products  are  central  to  the  Company’s  strategy.    The  Company’s  ability  to 
bring together Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution and technological capabilities with a 
partner’s  content  and  brand  name  recognition  has  been  a  driving  factor  in  its  success.  Professional/Trade 
alliance  partners  include  General  Mills,  the  Culinary  Institute  of  America,  the  American  Institute  of  Architects, 
Mergent,  Inc.,  the  Microsoft  Executive  Leadership  Series,  the  Leader  to  Leader  Institute,  Fisher  Investments, 
Morningstar, and Weight Watchers, among many others. 

The Company’s  Professional/Trade customers are professionals,  consumers,  and students  worldwide.   Highly 
respected brands and extensive backlists are especially well suited for online bookstores such as Amazon.com.  
With their unlimited “virtual” shelf space, online retailers merchandise the Company’s products for longer periods 
of time than brick-and-mortar bookstores. 

The  Company  promotes  an  active  and  growing  Professional/Trade  custom  publishing  program.  Custom 
publications are typically used by organizations for internal promotional or incentive programs.  Books that are 

-11-

 
 
 
specifically  written  for  a  customer  or  an  existing  Professional/Trade  publication  can  be  customized,  such  as 
having  the  cover  art  include  custom  imprint,  messages  or  slogans.    Of  special  note  are  customized  For 
Dummies  publications,  which  leverage  the  power  of  this  well-known  brand  to  meet  the  specific  information 
needs of a wide range of organizations around the world. 

Key Acquisitions: The Company’s business plan includes organic growth as well as growth through acquisitions. 
Key Professional/Trade acquisitions in recent years include: (i) In fiscal 2007, WhatsonWhen.com, a provider of 
travel-related online content, technology, and services which compliment the Company’s travel products.  (ii) In 
fiscal year 2006, the publishing assets of Sybex, Inc., a leading publisher to the global information technology 
professional  community  for  nearly  30  years.    Sybex  published  about  100  new  titles  a  year  and  maintained  a 
backlist of over 450 titles in digital photography, operating systems, programming and gaming categories. (iii) In 
fiscal year 2002, the Company acquired Hungry Minds Inc., a leading publisher with an outstanding collection of 
respected brands, with such product lines as the For Dummies series, the Frommer’s and Unofficial Guide travel 
series, the Bible and Visual technology series, the CliffsNotes study guides, Webster’s New World dictionaries, 
and Betty Crocker and Weight Watchers cookbooks.  

Scientific, Technical, and Medical (STM): 

The Company is a leading publisher for the scientific, technical, medical and scholarly communities worldwide 
including,  scientists,  researchers,  clinicians,  engineers,  students  and  professors,  and  academic  and  corporate 
librarians.  STM products include journals, major reference works, reference books and protocols, in print and 
online.  STM  publishing  areas  include  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering,  medical,  social  science  and 
humanities, life sciences, technology and professional.   STM develops products for global distribution through 
multiple channels, including library consortia, subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, 
bookstores, online booksellers and other customers. Global STM represented 58% of total Company revenue in 
fiscal year 2008 including Blackwell.  STM’s revenue grew at a compound annual rate of 26% over the past five 
years, including Blackwell. 

Publishing  alliances  play  a  major  role  in  STM’s  success.  The  Company  publishes  the  journals  of  prestigious 
societies,  including  the  American  Cancer  Society,  the  British  Journal  of  Surgery  Society,  the  Federation  of 
European Biochemistry Societies and the German Chemical Society. These alliances bring mutual benefit, with 
the  societies  gaining  Wiley’s  publishing,  marketing,  sales  and  distribution  expertise,  while  Wiley  benefits  from 
being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members.   

in 

1999, 

commercially 

service,  Wiley 

the  Company’s  web-based 

Established 
InterScience 
(www.interscience.wiley.com),  offers  online  access  to  more  than  2,500  journals,  books,  reference  works, 
Current  Protocols  laboratory  manuals  and  databases,  as  well  as  a  suite  of  professional  and  management 
resources.    Wiley  InterScience  is  based  on  a  successful  business  model  that  features  Enhanced  Access 
Licenses.    One  to  three  years  in  duration,  Enhanced  Access  Licenses  provide  academic  and  corporate 
customers with multi-site online access. The Company also offers other flexible pricing options such as, Basic 
Access licenses, which provide click-on access title-by-title to the Company’s electronic journal content.  Access 
is  also  provided  through  Pay-Per-View,  which  serves  customers  who  wish  to  purchase  individual  articles  or 
chapters. With over 25 million users in 87 countries around the globe, Wiley InterScience is one of the world’s 
leading providers of scientific, technical, medical and scholarly content. 

Wiley InterScience takes advantage of technology to update content frequently, and it adds new features and 
resources  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  increase  the  productivity  of  scientists,  professionals  and  students.  Two 
examples  are  EarlyView,  through  which  customers  can  access  individual  articles  well  in  advance  of  print 

-12-

 
publication,  and  MobileEditions,  which  enables  users  to  view  tables  of  content  and  abstracts  on  wireless 
handheld devices and Web-enabled phones. 

In 2005, the Company announced a program to digitize its entire historical journal content, dating back to the 
1800s.  Wiley’s digitization of legacy content is designed to improve the research pathway and ensure content 
discovery  is  as  seamless  and  efficient  as  possible.    The  backfile  collection,  which  is  available  online  through 
Wiley InterScience, spans two centuries of scientific research and comprise over 14 million pages – one of the 
largest  archives  of  its  kind  issued  by  a  single  publisher.  As  of  April  30,  2008  virtually  all  of  Wiley’s  existing 
journal content was digitized and made available to customers.  The digitization program has been expanded to 
include the journals acquired in the Blackwell acquisition described below.   

Blackwell  Publishing  (Holdings)  Ltd.  (“Blackwell”):  In  fiscal  year  2007,  the  Company  acquired  Blackwell,  a 
leading  publisher  of  journals  and  books  for  the  academic,  research  and  professional  markets  focused  on 
science,  technology,  medicine  and  social  sciences  and  humanities.    Headquartered  in  Oxford,  England, 
Blackwell  also  maintains  publishing  locations  in  the  United  States,  Asia,  Australia,  Denmark  and  Germany.  
Approximately  50%  of  Blackwell’s  annual  revenue  is  derived  from  the  United  States.  Blackwell  currently 
employs  approximately  1,000  individuals  worldwide  with  just  over  half  located  in  the  United  Kingdom.    The 
acquisition  of  Blackwell  enhances  Wiley’s  global  position  as  a  provider  of  must-have  content  and  services, 
expands and diversifies its journal portfolio, increases both print and on-line advertising revenue and increases 
society  relationships.    With  the  acquisition  of  Blackwell,  the  Company  now  publishes  approximately  1,500 
journal titles with approximately 50% being affiliated with a professional or scholarly society.   

In  fiscal  year  2006,  the  Company  acquired  InfoPoems  Inc.,  a  leading  provider  of  evidence-based  medicine 
(EBM).    This  acquisition  along  with  the  Cochrane  Collaboration  database  provides  the  foundation  for  the 
Company’s growing suite of EBM products designed to improve patient healthcare.  EBM facilitates the effective 
management  of  patients  through  clinical  expertise  informed  by  best  practice  evidence  that  is  derived  from 
medical literature. 

Higher Education: 

The Company publishes educational materials for the higher education market in all media, focusing on courses 
in  the  sciences,  geography,  mathematics,  engineering,  accounting,  business,  economics,  computer  science, 
psychology,  education,  and  modern  languages.  In  Australia,  the  Company  is  also  a  leading  publisher  for  the 
secondary school market. 

Higher  Education  customers  include  undergraduate,  graduate,  and  advanced  placement  students,  educators, 
and lifelong learners worldwide. Product is delivered principally through college bookstores, online booksellers, 
and Web sites. Globally, Higher Educational generated 14% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2008.  The 
Company’s  worldwide  Higher  Education  revenue  grew  at  a  compound  annual  rate  of  5%  over  the  past  five 
years. 

Higher Education’s mission is to help teachers teach and students learn. Our strategy is to provide value-added 
quality materials and services through textbooks, supplemental study aids, course and homework management 
tools and more, in print and electronic formats. The Higher Education web site offers online learning materials 
with links to more than 4,000 companion sub-sites to support and supplement textbooks. 

Higher Education delivers high-quality online learning materials that offer more opportunities for customization 
and  accommodate  diverse  learning styles.    The prime  example is  WileyPLUS,  an  integrated  suite  of  teaching 
and learning resources. By offering an electronic version of a text along with supplementary materials, content 

-13-

 
provided  by  the  instructor,  and  administrative  tools,  WileyPLUS  supports  the  full  range  of  course-oriented 
activities, including online-planning, presentations, study, homework, and testing. 

The  Company  also  provides  the  services  of  the  Wiley  Faculty  Network,  a  peer-to-peer  network  of 
faculty/professors  supporting  the  use  of  online  course  material  tools  and  discipline-specific  software  in  the 
classroom.  The  Company  believes  this  unique,  reliable,  and  accessible  service  gives  the  Company  a 
competitive advantage. 

Higher  Education  is  also  leveraging  the  web  in  its  sales  and  marketing  efforts.    The  web  enhances  the 
Company’s ability to have direct contact with students and faculty at universities worldwide through the use of 
interactive electronic brochures and e-mail campaigns. 

Key Acquisition/Collaborations: In fiscal year 2007, Wiley became Microsoft’s sole publishing partner worldwide 
for all Microsoft Official Academic Course (MOAC) materials.  Microsoft and Wiley have begun publishing a co-
branded  series  of  textbook  and  e-learning  products  on  several  topics  released  under  Wiley-Microsoft  logos. 
Wiley has also assumed responsibility for the sale of existing MOAC titles.  All titles will be marketed globally 
and  available  in  several  languages.    With  Microsoft’s  position  as  the  world’s  leading  software  company  and 
Wiley’s global presence in higher education, the alliance is an ideal strategic fit.  

In fiscal year 2003, the Company acquired the assets of Maris Technologies to support the Company’s efforts to 
produce web-enabled products. This acquisition included the market-leading software Edugen, which provides 
the  underlying  technology  for  WileyPLUS.  Located  in  Moscow,  the  development  facility  is  staffed  by 
approximately 75 programmers and designers.   

Publishing Operations 

Journal Products:  

The  Company  now  publishes  over  1,400  Scientific,  Technical,  Medical,  Scholarly  and  approximately  100 
Professional/Trade  journals.    Journal  revenue  and  other  related  publishing  income,  such  as  advertising, 
accounted  for  approximately  48%  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2008  revenue.    The  journal  portfolio  includes 
journals owned by the Company, in which case they may or may not be sponsored by a professional society, 
jointly  owned  with  a  professional  society  and  those  owned  by  such  societies  and  published  by  the  Company 
pursuant to long-term contract. Societies that sponsor  or own such journals generally receive a royalty and/or 
other consideration.  The Company usually enters into agreements with outside independent editors of journals 
that state the duties of the editors, and the fees and expenses for their services.  Contributors of journal articles 
transfer  publication  rights  to  the  Company  or  a  professional  society,  as  applicable.    Journal  articles  may  be 
based on research funded through government or charitable grants.  In certain cases the terms of the grant may 
require  the  grantholder  to  make  published  articles  available  free  of  charge  to  the  public,  typically  after  an 
embargo period.  The Company provides services for a fee to enable the grantholder to comply. 

The  Company  sells  journal  subscriptions  through  sales  representatives;  direct  mail  or  other  advertising; 
promotional  campaigns;  and  memberships  in  professional  societies  for  those  journals  that  are  sponsored  by 
such  societies.    Journal  subscriptions  are  primarily  licensed  through  contracts  for  on-line  content  derived 
through Wiley InterScience and/or Blackwell-Synergy.  The contracts are negotiated directly with customers or 
their subscription agents.  Licenses range from one to three years in duration and typically cover calendar years.  
Early in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company announced its plan for a combined enhanced and 
rebranded online platform to support the Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly business.  The first phase 
will be available to all customers beginning in July 2008.   

-14-

 
Printed  journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from  independent  printers.    Journal  content  is 
available  online.  Subscription  revenue  is  generally  collected  in  advance,  and  is  deferred  and  recognized  as 
earned  when  the  related  issue  is  shipped  or  made  available  online,  or  over  the  term  of  the  subscription  as 
services are rendered. 

Book Products:   

Book  products  and  book  related  publishing  revenue,  such  as  advertising  revenue  and  the  sale  of  publishing 
rights,  accounted  for  approximately  52%  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2008  revenue.    Materials  for  book 
publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 
outside  editorial  advisors,  and  advisory  boards.  Most  materials  originate  with  their  authors,  or  as  a  result  of 
suggestion or solicitations by editors and advisors. The Company enters into agreements with authors that state 
the terms and conditions under which the materials will be published, the name in which the copyright will be 
registered,  the  basis  for  any  royalties,  and  other  matters.    Most  of  the  authors  are  compensated  by  royalties, 
which vary with the nature of the product and its anticipated sales potential. The Company may make advance 
payments against future royalties to authors of certain publications. 

The Company continues to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal 
course  of  its  business,  also  creating  adaptations  of  original  content  for  specific  markets  fulfilling  customer 
demand. The Company’s general practice is to revise its textbooks every three to five years, if warranted, and to 
revise  other  titles  as  appropriate.    Subscription-based  products  are  updated  more  frequently  on  a  regular 
schedule. Approximately 31% of the Company’s fiscal year 2008 U.S. book-publishing revenue was from titles 
published or revised in the current fiscal year. 

Professional  and  consumer  books  are  sold  to  bookstores  and  online  booksellers  serving  the  general  public; 
wholesalers  who  supply  such  bookstores;  warehouse  clubs;  college  bookstores  for  their  non-textbook 
requirements;  individual  practitioners;  and  research  institutions,  libraries  (including  public,  professional, 
academic,  and  other  special  libraries),  industrial  organizations,  and  government  agencies.    The  Company 
employs sales representatives who call upon independent bookstores, national and regional chain bookstores 
and  wholesalers.    Trade  sales  to  bookstores  and  wholesalers  are  generally  made  on  a  returnable  basis  with 
certain  restrictions.  The  Company  provides  for  estimated  future  returns  on  sales  made  during  the  year 
principally based on historical experience. Sales of professional and consumer books also result from direct mail 
campaigns, telemarketing, online access, and advertising and reviews in periodicals. 

Adopted  textbooks and related  supplementary  material,  such  as  WileyPLUS, are sold primarily  to  bookstores, 
including online bookstores, serving educational institutions.  The Company employs sales representatives who 
call  on  faculty  responsible  for  selecting  books  to  be  used  in  courses,  and  on  the  bookstores  that  serve  such 
institutions  and  their  students.    Textbook  sales  are  generally  made  on  a  fully  returnable  basis  with  certain 
restrictions.  The textbook business is seasonal, with the majority of textbook sales occurring during the June 
through  August  and  November  through  January  periods.    There  is  an  active  used  textbook  market,  which 
adversely affects the sales of new textbooks. 

Like most other publishers, the Company generally contracts with independent printers and binderies for their 
services.  The  Company  purchases  its  paper  from  independent  suppliers  and  printers.  The  fiscal  year  2008 
weighted average U.S. paper prices increased approximately 7% over fiscal year 2007.  Management believes 
that adequate printing and binding facilities, and sources of paper and other required materials are available to 
it,  and  that  it  is  not  dependent  upon  any  single  supplier.      Printed  book  products  are  distributed  from  both 
Company-operated warehouses and independent distributors. 

-15-

 
The  Company  develops  content  in  digital  format  that  can  be  used  for  both  online  and  print  products,  which 
results in productivity and efficiency savings, as well  as enabling the Company to offer customized publishing 
and  print-on-demand  products.    Book  content  is  increasingly  being  made  available  online  through  Wiley 
InterScience, WileyPLUS and other platforms, and in eBook format through licenses with alliance partners.  The 
Company  also  sponsors  online  communities  of  interest,  both  on  its  own  and  in  partnership  with  others,  to 
expand the market for its products.   

The  Company  believes  that  the  demand  for  new  electronic  technology  products  will  continue  to  increase.  
Accordingly,  to  properly  service  its  customers  and  to  remain  competitive,  the  Company  anticipates  it  will  be 
necessary to increase its expenditures related to such new technologies over the next several years. 

The  Internet not  only  enables  the Company  to  deliver content  online,  but  also  helps  to sell  more  books.    The 
growth of online booksellers benefits the Company because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for the 
Company’s entire backlist.   

Marketing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  The 
Company also engages in co-publishing of titles with international publishers and in publication of adaptations of 
works  from  other  publishers  for  particular  markets.  The  Company  also  receives  licensing  revenue  from 
photocopies,  reproductions,  and  electronic  uses  of  its  content  as  well  as  advertising  revenue  from  web  sites 
such as Frommers.com. 

Global Operations 

The  Company’s  publications  are  sold  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  operations  located  in  Europe, 
Canada, Australia, Asia, and the United States.  All operations market their indigenous publications, as well as 
publications produced by other parts of the Company. The Company also markets publications through agents 
as  well  as  sales  representatives  in  countries  not  served  by  the  Company.    John  Wiley  &  Sons  International 
Rights, Inc. sells reprint and translations rights worldwide. The Company publishes or licenses others to publish 
its  products,  which  are  distributed  throughout  the  world  in  many  languages.    Approximately  49%  of  the 
Company’s fiscal year 2008 revenue was derived from non-U.S. markets. 

Competition and Economic Drivers Within the Publishing Industry 

The sectors of the publishing industry in which the Company is engaged are highly competitive.  The principal 
competitive  criteria  for  the  publishing  industry  are  considered  to  be  the  following:  product  quality,  customer 
service, suitability of format and subject matter, author reputation, price, timely availability of both new titles and 
revisions  of  existing  books,  online  availability  of  published  information,  and  timely  delivery  of  products  to 
customers. 

The Company is in the top rank of publishers of scientific and technical journals worldwide, as well as a leading 
commercial  chemistry  publisher  at  the  research  level;  one  of  the  leading  publishers  of  university  and  college 
textbooks and related materials for the “hardside” disciplines, (i.e. sciences, engineering, and mathematics), and 
a  leading  publisher  in  its  targeted  professional/trade  markets.  The  Company  knows  of  no  reliable  industry 
statistics that would enable it to determine its share of the various international markets in which it operates. 

Performance Measurements 

The Company measures its performance based upon revenue, operating income, earnings per share and cash 
flow,  excluding  unusual  or  one-time  events,  and  considering  worldwide  and  regional  economic  and  market 
conditions.   The Company evaluates market share statistics for publishing programs in each of its businesses.  

-16-

 
STM  uses  various  reports  to  monitor  competitor  performance  and  industry  financial  metrics.    Specifically  for 
journal titles, the ISI Impact Factor, published by the Institute for Scientific Information, is used as a key metric of 
a  journal  titles  influence  in  scientific  publishing.    For  Professional/Trade,  market  share  statistics  published  by 
BOOKSCAN, a statistical clearinghouse for book industry point of sale data in the United States, are used. The 
statistics include survey data from all major retail outlets, on-line booksellers, mass merchandisers, small chain 
and independent retail outlets.  For Higher Education, the Company subscribes to Management Practices Inc., 
which publishes customized comparative sales reports. 

-17-

 
Results of Operations 

Fiscal Year 2008 Summary Results 

Revenue  for  fiscal  year  2008  increased  36%  to  $1,673.7  million,  or  33%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  Blackwell Publishing Ltd. (“Blackwell”), which was acquired on February 2, 2007, contributed 
$379.4 million to the revenue growth, increasing from $105.8 million in fiscal year 2007 to $485.2 million in fiscal 
year 2008.  Excluding Blackwell, revenue grew 5% to $1,188.5 million, or 3% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  Strong  revenue  growth  in  Europe  and  Asia  was  tempered  by  moderate  growth  in  the  U.S. 
markets.    

Gross profit margin in fiscal year 2008 of 67.9% was essentially the same as in the prior year.  Operating and 
administrative  expenses  for  fiscal  year  2008  increased  33%  to  $874.9  million,  including  $187.5  million  of 
incremental operating expenses for Blackwell. Included in Blackwell operating and administrative expenses are 
approximately  $21  million  of  costs  related  to  the  transition  and  integration  of  Blackwell.  Operating  and 
administrative expenses for fiscal year 2008 increased 2%, excluding Blackwell and the unfavorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.    The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  higher  planned  employment  and  other  costs  to  support 
business growth; increased editorial and production associated with new journals; and costs associated with the 
development of indigenous publishing programs.  The Company recorded a $4.4 million bad debt provision in 
fiscal year 2007 related to the bankruptcy of Advanced Marketing Services and a $1.9 million recovery of that 
bad  debt  in  the  current  fiscal  year.    Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $18.3  million,  principally  due  to  the 
Blackwell acquisition. 

Operating income improved 38% to $223.0 million in fiscal year 2008, including incremental operating income of 
$56.6 million related to Blackwell, which increased from $6.5 million in fiscal year 2007 to $63.1 million in fiscal 
year  2008.    Excluding  Blackwell,  operating  income  improved  3%  to  $159.9  million,  or  1%  excluding  the 
favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    Revenue  growth  was  partially  offset  by  higher  planned  operating 
expenses.  Net interest expense and other increased $39.7 million to $61.5 million, mainly due to finance costs 
associated with the Blackwell acquisition. 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2008 was 8.7% compared to 28.6% in the prior year period.  During fiscal 
year 2008, the Company recorded an $18.7 million tax benefit associated with new tax legislation enacted in the 
United Kingdom (U.K.) and Germany that reduced the corporate income tax rates from approximately 30% to 
28% and 39% to 29%, respectively.  The benefits recognized by the Company reflect the adjustments required 
to restate all applicable deferred tax balances at the new income tax rates.  The new tax rates were effective in 
Germany as of May 1, 2007 and in the U.K. as of April 1, 2008.  The tax provision for fiscal year 2007 included 
tax benefits of $5.5 million related to the settlement and resolution of certain tax matters with authorities in the 
U.S.  and  abroad.    Excluding  Blackwell  and  the  tax  benefits  described  above,  the  effective  tax  rates  for  fiscal 
years 2008 and 2007 were 30.2% and 35.1%, respectively.  The decrease was principally due to lower taxes on 
non-U.S. sourced earnings.  Blackwell’s effective tax rate had, and is expected to have, a favorable impact on 
the Company’s consolidated effective tax rate.   

Reported  earnings  per  diluted  share  and  net  income  for  fiscal  year  2008  were  $2.49  and  $147.5  million, 
respectively.      Adjusted  to  exclude  the  non-cash  deferred  tax  benefits  described  above,  earnings  per  diluted 
share  and  net  income  for  fiscal  year  2008  were  $2.17  and  $128.9  million,  respectively.  Earnings  per  diluted 
share and net income for fiscal year 2007 adjusted to exclude the 2007 tax benefits described above were $1.62 
and $94.2 million, respectively.   Excluding the tax benefits, Blackwell’s results were accretive to earnings per 

-18-

 
 
diluted share and net income by approximately $0.29 and $17.0 million, respectively. See Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures described below. 

Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures:    The  Company’s  management  internally  evaluates  its  operating  performance 
excluding unusual and/or nonrecurring events. The Company believes excluding such events provides a more 
effective and comparable measure of current and future performance. We also believe that excluding the effects 
of the following tax benefits provides a more balanced view of the underlying dynamics of our business. 

Deferred Tax Benefit on Changes in Statutory Tax Rates 

The  Company  recorded  an  $18.7  million  tax  benefit    ($15.6  million  for  Blackwell)  associated  with  new  tax 
legislation enacted in the United Kingdom (U.K.) and Germany that reduced the corporate income tax rates from 
approximately 30% to 28% and 39% to 29%, respectively.  The benefits recognized by the Company reflect the 
adjustments required to restate all applicable deferred tax balances at the new income tax rates. These benefits 
have been adjusted below due to their infrequent non-recurring nature.  

Benefits on the Finalization of Tax Audits 

Fiscal year 2007 includes a $5.5 million tax benefit, or $0.09 per diluted share, which resulted from the favorable 
resolution  and  settlements  of  certain  tax  matters  with  authorities  in  the  U.S.  and  abroad.  The  Company  has 
excluded these benefits from adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per share due to their significance to 
both measurements and uncertainty as to their reoccurrence in the future.    

Since  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted  earnings  per  share  are  not  measures  calculated  in  accordance  with 
GAAP,  they  should  not  be  considered  as  a  substitute  for  other  GAAP  measures,  including  net  income  and 
earnings  per  share  as  indicators  of  operating  performance.  Accordingly,  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted 
earnings  per  diluted  share  are  reconciled  below  to  net  income  and  earnings  per  share  on  a  GAAP  basis,  for 
fiscal years 2008 and 2007. 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Disclosure 

Net Income (in thousands) 

    For the Years Ended 
                  April 30,  
         2008 

         2007 

As Reported 

$147,536 

   $99,619 

Deferred Tax Benefit on Changes in Statutory Rates 

    (18,663) 

             - 

Tax Benefits on The Finalization of Audits  

                  -   

      (5,468) 

Adjusted  

     $128,873            $94,151 

Earnings Per Diluted Share 

As Reported 

For the Years Ended 
     April 30, 

 2008 

 2007 

  $2.49 

  $1.71 

Deferred Tax Benefit on Changes in Statutory Rates 

    (0.31)      

            - 

Tax Benefits on The Finalization of Audits 

                  - 

     (0.09) 

Adjusted  

         $2.17 

         $1.62 

-19-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2008 Segment Results 

Blackwell  is  reported  below  as  a  separate  segment.    In  connection  with  the  integration  of  Blackwell,  we  have 
conformed  the  classification  of  certain  accounts  in  our  Statements  of  Income  and  segment  reporting  and 
realigned certain product lines in our segment reporting to correspond with management responsibility.  All prior 
year periods have been restated for comparability.  These changes had no impact on Wiley’s consolidated net 
income or earnings per share. 

The  Company  is  developing  a  global  organizational  structure  encompassing  Wiley’s  three  core  businesses 
(Scientific,  Technical,  Medical  and  Scholarly;  Professional  Trade  and  Higher  Education).    We  believe  that  by 
leveraging  our  content  services  and  capabilities  around  the  world,  we  can  better  serve  our  authors,  society 
partners,  and  customers,  while  increasing  revenue,  profitability  and  return  on  investment  and  enhancing  our 
position in the market.  In fiscal year 2009, we anticipate implementing and reporting our Company’s financial 
and operating results as three global business segments. 

Professional/Trade (P/T):  

Dollars in thousands 
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

  2008 
$395,200 
$110,943 
   28.1% 

 2007 
$390,524
$106,546
  27.3%  

%  
change 
1% 
4% 

Wiley’s  U.S.  P/T  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2008  advanced  slightly  to  $395.2  million  from  $390.5  million  in  the 
previous  year.    Revenue  growth  was  adversely  affected  by  sluggish  market  conditions,  tight  inventory 
management by some key accounts late in the fiscal year and higher sales returns.  Growth during the year was 
principally in business, psychology, technology and general interest programs and the sale of rights and brand 
licensing.  Globally, P/T revenue increased 3% for the full year.   

Direct  contribution  to  profit  for  fiscal  year  2008  improved  4%  to  $110.9  million.    Direct  contribution  margin 
improved 80 basis points to 28.1%.  The improvement for the year was principally due to the favorable year-on-
year  effect  of  a  $4.4  million  bad  debt  provision  recorded  in  fiscal  year  2007  related  to  the  bankruptcy  of 
Advanced Marketing Services and a $1.9 million recovery of that bad debt in the current fiscal year. In addition, 
the effect of lower variable incentive compensation on direct contribution margin was partially offset by higher 
inventory obsolescence provisions.  

Highlights for fiscal year 2008 included the publication of the fifth title in the best-selling Little Book series, The 
Little Book That Builds Wealth: The Knockout Formula for Finding Great Investments by Pat Dorsey; two firsts 
from the For Dummies technology list, the inaugural “do-it-yourself” title, Web Sites Do-It-Yourself For Dummies, 
and the first title targeted at the “over-50” consumer, Computers For Seniors For Dummies.  Quarter highlights 
also included Jim Hightower’s Swim against the Current: Even a Dead Fish Can Go With the Flow; Heaven and 
Hell: My Life in the Eagles (1974-2001) by Don Felder; The Architect’s Handbook of Professional Practice, 14th 
edition,  edited  by  the  American  Institute  of  Architects;  Clinician’s  Guide  to  Treating  Stress  After  War  and 
Strategies for Managing Stress After War, both by Julia M. Whealin, Lori T. DeCarvalho and Edward M. Vega; 
and the four-volume reference work, Comprehensive Handbook of Social Work and Social Welfare by Karen M. 
Sowers and Catherine N. Dulmus. 

Previously published titles continued to sell well throughout the year, including Weight Watchers New Complete 
Cookbook  and  Weight  Watchers  All-Time  Favorites,  along  with  Mark  Bittman’s,  How  to  Cook  Everything 

-20-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
Vegetarian.    The  Kouzes/Posner  Leadership  Challenge  and  Patrick  Lencioni’s  suite  of  leadership  titles  had 
strong years.   

Several  P/T  books  received  considerable  media  and  customer  attention  during  the  year,  including:  Fred 
Kaplan’s  Daydream  Believers:  How  a  Few  Grand  Ideas  Wrecked  American  Power,  which  was  reviewed 
prominently  in  the  New  York  Times’s  Arts  Section,  on  National  Public  Radio,  MSNBC  and  in  regional  media.  
Swim against the Current: Even a Dead Fish Can Go with the Flow by Jim Hightower received national radio 
and  newspaper  attention.    Mark  Bittman’s  How  to  Cook  Everything  Vegetarian  continued  to  garner  national 
media attention, supported by the author’s regular appearances on the Today Show, the launch of his own New 
York  Times  blog,  “Bitten,”  and  a  column  in  Men’s  Health  magazine.    Pauline  Frommer  continued  to  provide 
expert opinion in local and national media as an authority on budget travel. 

Timely P/T environmental titles, Green Building and Remodeling for Dummies, Green Living for Dummies and 
Solar  Power  Your  Home  for  Dummies,  attracted  national  and  regional  attention.    Books  featured  on  major 
bestseller lists included Five Dysfunctions of a Team by Patrick Lencioni; Ready, Fire, Aim: Zero to $100 Million 
in No Time Flat by Michael Masterson; J.K. Lasser’s Your Income Tax 2008; Staring at the Sun: Overcoming the 
Terror of Death by Irvin D. Yalom; How: Why How We Do Anything Means Everything...in Business (and in Life) 
by Dov Seidman; and Swim against the Current: Even a Dead Fish Can Go With the Flow by Jim Hightower. 

Several  P/T  titles  were  honored  with  awards  during  the  year.  The  International  Association  of  Culinary 
Professionals (IACP) named Fish Forever by Paul Johnson “Cookbook of the Year,” a first for Wiley, and three 
Wiley cookbooks won best-in-category, How to Cook Everything Vegetarian by Mark Bittman; Chocolates and 
Confections by Peter C. Greweling and The Culinary Institute of America; and Fish Forever.  The Nautilus Book 
Awards recognized six Wiley publications that contribute to positive social change, spiritual growth, conscious 
living, high-level wellness and responsible leadership with silver awards.  

Fiscal year 2008 was a strong year for P/T digital initiatives, including the launch of the Webster’s New World 
Web  site  and  JKLasser.com.    Frommers.com  included  its  first  sponsored  microsite,  Family  Vacations  with 
Sheraton  Hotels,  as  well  as  a  custom  site  for  Rail  Europe,  and  a  blog  by  Arthur  Frommer,  featuring  travel 
resources, tips, travel bargains, message boards and current events.  

Scientific, Technical and Medical (STM):  

Dollars in thousands   
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin   

 2008 
$235,094 
$114,243 
   48.6% 

 2007 
$230,916 
$115,169 
    49.9% 

%  
change 
2% 
(1%) 

U.S.  STM  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2008  grew  2%  over  prior  year  to  $235.1  million.    Revenue  growth  was 
attributable  to  moderate  journal  subscription  growth.    Global  STM  revenue  advanced  6%  for  the  full  year, 
excluding Blackwell.  

Direct  contribution  to  profit  for  fiscal  year  2008  decreased  1%  to  $114.2  million.  Direct  contribution  margin 
declined 130 basis points to 48.6% mainly due to increased production costs associated with new journal titles, 
higher marketing costs and consulting fees.  

Throughout the year, STM signed agreements to publish journals with a number of scholarly societies.  During 
the  fourth  quarter,  the  American  Cancer  Society  (ACS)  selected  the  Company  to  publish  CA,  beginning  in 
January 2009.  Wiley and the ACS already collaborate on Cancer and Cancer Cytopathology.  Wiley was also 
chosen by the Triological Society to publish The Laryngoscope, a venerable journal first published in 1896, and 
-21-

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
the  Society  of  Plastics  Engineers,  to  publish  Plastics  Engineering,  a  news  magazine  delivering  the  latest 
information  for  the  global  market  in  machinery,  materials,  plastics  processing  and  all  matters  relating  to  the 
plastics industry.  

During the fiscal year, Wiley also signed agreements with the Society for Science and the Public to electronically 
distribute its news magazine, Science News, and to designate the Wiley-published journal, Statistical Analysis 
and  Data  Mining,  as  “an  official  journal  of  the  American  Statistical  Association  (ASA),”  The  ASA  will  also 
collaborate with Wiley on the editorial direction, strategy and process for this new cross-disciplinary publication.   
Wiley reached an agreement to publish the quarterly Canadian Journal of Statistics next year on behalf of the 
Statistical  Society  of  Canada.    These  two  agreements  reinforce  the  Company’s  leadership  in  statistics 
publishing.   

STM reached an agreement with the Boston-based JoVE (Journal of Visualized Experiments) for the publication 
of online videos detailing the research process for its Current Protocols series.  Since being indexed in Medline 
earlier  in  the  year,  Current  Protocols  online  publications  (particularly  Current  Protocols  Molecular  Biology  and 
Current Protocols Cell Biology) have experienced a substantial increase in traffic. 

The Hospitalist, which Wiley publishes with the Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), received two awards from 
the American Society of Healthcare Publication Editors: Bronze for Best Custom Publication and Gold for Best 
Regular Staff-Written column.  Earlier in the year, in conjunction with SHM, Wiley launched "Wachter's World," a 
blog written by Dr. Robert M. Wachter, which addresses current issues in hospital care and inpatient medicine.  
Dr. Wachter is co-founder of SHM.  

In January 2008, legislation was passed in the U.S. mandating the NIH Public Access Policy.  Under this policy, 
all research funded by the National Institutes of Health (NIH) must be made available to the public free of charge 
after  a  12-month  embargo.    Wiley  will  support  its  authors  by  complying  on  their  behalf  through  posting  the 
accepted journal articles written by NIH grant-holders to PubMedCentral.   

 In fiscal year 2008, Wiley nearly doubled its Online Books offering.  Over 6,000 titles are now available on Wiley 
InterScience, including approximately 1,700 Blackwell books. 

Blackwell: 

Dollars in thousands    
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

  2008 
$485,241 
$170,211 
   35.1% 

 2007 
$105,760 
  $28,853 
    27.3% 

Blackwell’s operating results have been included in the consolidated results of the Company since February 2, 
2007,  the  date  of  the  acquisition.  Blackwell  revenue  and  direct  contribution  for  fiscal  year  2008  were  $485.2 
million  and  $170.2  million,  respectively.    Included  in  fiscal  year  2008  operating  costs  were  approximately  $21 
million  of  transition  and  integration  related  costs.  Direct  contribution  included  $22.3  million  of  non-cash 
amortization charges for intangible assets related to the acquisition.  For the full year, interest costs associated 
with  the  financing  of  the  acquisition  were  approximately  $65.8  million.    Blackwell  contributed  approximately 
$0.55 to the Company’s fiscal year 2008 earnings per share, or $0.29, excluding one-time tax benefits.  New tax 
legislation reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rate from 30% to 28%, resulting in a $0.26 per share deferred 
tax benefit, mainly attributable to the intellectual publishing assets acquired with Blackwell.  In fiscal year 2007, 
Blackwell results were dilutive to earnings per share by approximately $0.02.  

-22-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blackwell  revenue  for  the  fourth  quarter,  which  is  the  first  quarter  with  comparative  year  over  year  results, 
increased  to  $138.2  million  from  $105.8  million  in  the  prior  year.    The  increase  was  principally  driven  by 
subscription revenue and backfile sales.  The improvement also reflected a purchase accounting adjustment of 
approximately $16 million that reduced revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007.  The growth in backfile 
sales was due to accelerated digitization of Blackwell journals.  Direct contribution for the quarter improved to 
$50.9 million from $28.9 million in the previous year, mainly due to revenue growth.  Blackwell’s results for the 
fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2008  contributed  approximately  $0.11  to  Wiley’s  earnings  per  share  compared  to 
$0.02 dilution in the same period of the last year.  

Over the course of the year, the Company added 65 society journals, renewed or extended 74 journals, and lost 
only 3 journals to competitors.  The Scandinavian Plant Physiology Society renewed the publishing agreement 
for  one  of  its  key  plant  science  journals,  Physiologia  Plantarum.  A  new  agreement  was  signed  for  Economic 
Geography, the leading journal in its field.  The Australian Anthropological Society chose Blackwell as publisher 
of the Australian Journal of Anthropology.   The Certified Public Accountants of Australia selected Blackwell to 
publish Australian Accounting Review.  Blackwell entered into a collaborative agreement with the Association for 
the  Study  of  Ethnicity  and  Nationalism  to  publish,  Studies  in  Ethnicity  and  Nationalism  and  Nations  and 
Nationalism.    The  International  Journal  of  Experimental  Pathology  renewed  its  contract  for  its  eponymous 
journal.   

Blackwell published a new edition of the Five Minute Veterinary Consult as a workflow tool on Personal Digital 
Assistants  (PDAs).    This  best-selling  reference  book  is  now  delivered  to  the  point  of  care,  providing 
veterinarians  in  the  field  with  easy  access  to  medical  data.    The  service  provides  for  instant  information  on 
diagnostic signs, causes of the disease, treatment protocols, medicines and dosage.  

Several  Blackwell  publications  were  highlighted  by  the  media  and  honored  with  awards  during  the  year.    The 
British Medical Association recognized eleven Blackwell publications with book awards and the Association of 
American  Publishers  Professional  and  Scholarly  Publishing  Awards  for  Excellence  named  Mind,  Brain,  and 
Education as the “Best New Journal in 2007.”  Blackwell Reference Online, which was enhanced by the addition 
of many new titles during the year, was cited by Choice as “an outstanding academic resource.”   

Higher Education: 

Dollars in thousands 
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

 2008 
$164,708 
   $44,303
    26.9% 

 2007 
$162,473  
  $42,554  
   26.2% 

% 
change 
1% 
4% 

U.S. Higher Education revenue increased 1% in fiscal year 2008 to $164.7 million.  Solid performances by the 
science and business/accounting programs, sales of Microsoft Official Academic Course (MOAC) titles and the 
sale of translation rights and reprints were offset by backlist attrition in mathematics, engineering and the social 
sciences. Globally, Higher Education revenue increased 5% for the full year.  

Direct  contribution  to  profit  for  fiscal  year  2008  advanced  4%  to  $44.3  million.    Revenue  growth  and  prudent 
expense management contributed to the improvement over the prior year periods.  

WileyPLUS  delivered strong  results  in  fiscal  year  2008  with sales  increasing  35%  over  prior  year,  and  digital-
only sales nearly doubling.  Student usage around the world continued to climb sharply, with registered users 
increasing  10%  in  the  U.S.  and  more  than  doubling  outside  the  U.S.    Seventeen  percent  of  WileyPLUS’  user 
base is located outside the U.S.  WileyPLUS ended the year with a milestone achievement, the validation of the 
500,000th student user in April. 

-23-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Online  sales  directly  to  students  grew  significantly  during  the  year.    Wiley  built  on  its  successful  relationships 
with  online  retailers  by  participating  in  a  number  of  marketing  promotions.    Wiley  also  continued  to  utilize 
CourseSmart  to  distribute  digital  complimentary  copies  to  faculty.    CourseSmart  is  a  venture  founded  by  six 
higher  education  publishers,  with  the  goal  of  providing  instructors  and  students  access  to  digital  course 
materials.    Launched  in  its  Beta  version  this  year,  CourseSmart  provides  thousands  of  textbooks  across 
hundreds of courses in an eTextbook format on a common platform.  Nearly 200 Wiley titles were available to 
professors through the site for their review.  

During  the  year,  Wiley  signed  an  agreement  with  Economic  Modeling  Specialists,  Inc.  (EMSI),  a  provider  of 
detailed information about regional economies for assessment and planning purposes.  Under the agreement, 
EMSI will produce co-branded regional reports focusing on the labor market demand for occupations linked to 
Wiley  Pathways  curricula,  which  cover  four  major  fields:  business,  emergency  management,  health  care 
management and information technology.  The reports will inform colleges about opportunities for developing, 
expanding or supporting related programs. 

Key  revisions  published  in  fiscal  year  2008  include  Psychology,  5th  edition,  by  Robin  M.  Kowalski  and  Drew 
Westen; Introduction to Finance: Markets, Investments, and Financial Management, 13th edition, by Ronald W. 
Melicher and Edgar A. Norton; Educational Psychology: Reflection for Action, 2nd edition, by Angela O'Donnell, 
Johnmarshall  Reeve,  and  Jeffrey  Smith;  Financial  Accounting  in  an  Economic  Context,  7th  edition,  by  Jamie 
Pratt;  Foundations  of  Multinational  Financial  Management,  6th  edition,  by  Alan  C.  Shapiro  and  Atulya  Sarin; 
Chemistry:  Structure  and  Dynamics,  4th  edition,  by  James  N.  Spencer,  George  M.  Bodner  and  Lyman  H. 
Rickard; and Principles of Anatomy and Physiology, 12th edition, by Gerard J. Tortora and Bryan H. Derrickson. 

Europe:  

Dollars in thousands    
Revenue   
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

  2008 
$348,338
 $121,904
   35.0% 

  2007 
$315,908 
  $109,825 
   34.8% 

%  
change 
10% 
 11% 

%  
excluding FX 
5% 
 9% 

Wiley  Europe’s  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2008  increased  10%  to  $348.3  million,  or  5%  after  adjusting  for  the 
favorable effect of foreign exchange.  Revenue growth for the year was driven by STM journal subscriptions and 
P/T  and  Higher  Education  indigenous  book  programs.    Direct  contribution  to  profit  for  the  full  year  increased 
11%  over  prior  year,  or  9%  after  adjusting  for  foreign  exchange  mainly  due  to  top-line  results.    Direct 
contribution  margin  increased  20  basis  points  to  35.0%  mainly  due  to  cost  savings  in  production,  sales  and 
marketing.  

In Europe, P/T had a solid year with For Dummies titles and P/T English language products contributing to the 
results.    U.K.  travel  guides  accelerated  the  global  expansion  of  the  Frommer’s  brand  outside  North  America.  
During the year, P/T continued to diversify into corporate sales, custom publishing and travel, thereby opening 
new  revenue  streams.    During  the  fourth  quarter,  Wiley  and  the  Dana  Center,  an  extension  of  the  Science 
Museum  in  London,  launched  three  P/T  titles:    Being  Virtual:  Who  You  Really  Are  Online  by  Davey  Winder; 
Powering Up: Are Computer Games Changing Our Lives? by Rebecca Mileham; and Enhancing Me: The Hope 
and the Hype of Human Enhancement by Pete Moore with live and virtual launch events at the Dana Centre and 
in Second Life, the three-dimensional online virtual world.  Wiley also signed a contract with NYSE-Euronext to 
publish a series of introductory trading titles.   

While STM books had a difficult year as a result of scheduling delays for new publications.  The Microscopy & 
Analysis Directory 2008 published during the fourth quarter to strong response.  The Directory is primarily a print 

-24-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
product  with  an  online  counterpart.    In  addition,  two  new  major  reference  works  were  launched  on  Wiley 
InterScience,  following  their  print  publication  earlier  in  the  year:    Handbook  of  Biosensors  and  Biochips  by 
Robert  S.  Marks and  Encyclopedia  of  Statistics  in  Quality and  Reliability by  Fabrizio Ruggeri,  Ron  S.  Kennett 
and Frederick W. Faltin.  

During the year, Wiley signed an agreement with the Novartis Foundation to digitize the Ciba Foundation series 
from its beginning in 1953 up to 1986 when Wiley became the Foundation’s publisher.  The collection will only 
be available electronically as a complete set or as separate volumes with individual chapters downloadable from 
Wiley InterScience.  

In Higher Education, Organizational Behaviour by Dr. Ray French, a European adaptation of a successful U.S. 
Higher  Education  textbook  by  John  Schermerhorn,  was  released  during  the  year.    A  showcase  Web  site, 
featuring  video  interviews  for  Managing  Innovation:  Integrating  Technological,  Market  and  Organizational 
Change  by  Joe  Tidd,  was  also  launched,  in  advance  of  the  book’s  4th  edition.    WileyPLUS  gained  traction 
throughout  the  year,  especially  in  the  Middle  East,  where  a  new  adoption  was  won  earlier  this  year  in  Saudi 
Arabia.  

Asia, Australia and Canada:  

Dollars in thousands   
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin   

  2008 
$154,961 
   $34,377 
    22.2% 

  2007 
$132,992
    $28,145
     21.2%  

% 
change 
17% 
 22% 

% 
excluding FX 
8% 
(3%) 

Wiley’s revenue in Asia, Australia and Canada increased over prior year by 17% to $155.0 million.  Favorable 
foreign exchange contributed approximately 9% to the annual growth.  Growth was driven mainly by strong P/T 
and STM sales in Asia.  Results were tempered by a disappointing year for Wiley Australia’s School business 
and  lower  P/T  sales  in  Canada,  which  were  affected  by  pricing  pressure  caused  by  the  strengthening  of  the 
Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar. 

Direct  contribution  to  profit  for  fiscal  year  2008  increased  22%,  but  declined  3%  after  adjusting  for  foreign 
exchange.      Excluding  the  favorable  effect  of  foreign  exchange,  direct  contribution  margin  declined  230  basis 
points to 18.9% due to product mix and increased investments in indigenous publishing programs.  

In Asia, fiscal year 2008 offered the first glimpse of the powerful combination of Blackwell and Wiley.  The efforts 
undertaken  to  build  Wiley’s  newest  STMS  publishing  center  in  Asia,  while  consolidating  Wiley  and  Blackwell 
operations, produced strong revenue growth, especially in Southeast Asia, China, and India. 

In fiscal year 2008, P/T was strong across almost all territories in Asia with frontlist performing well in a buoyant 
retail  market.    Sell-through  was  strong  in  all  categories  with  business  and  finance  leading  the  way,  but  with 
technology following close behind.  Corporate sales, custom publishing, and translation licensing, involving titles 
such as The Future and Me: Power of Youth Market in Asia by MasterCard; A Guide to Asian High Yield Bonds: 
Financing  Growth  Enterprises  by  Florian  Schmidt  and  Adam  Harper,  The  Holy  Grail  of  Macro  Economics: 
Lessons  from  Japan's  Great  Recession  by  Richard  Koo  and  Hot  Commodities:  How  Anyone  Can  Invest 
Profitably in the World's Best Market by Jim Rogers, also drove growth. 

Higher Education experienced good results in China, Thailand, Japan and Indonesia, but this growth was offset 
by sluggish markets in Singapore and Taiwan, especially in the fourth quarter.  With several new Wiley Precise 
Edition  textbooks  publishing  during  the  year,  India  delivered  strong  results.    WileyPLUS  continued  to  make 
inroads throughout Asia.  A successful class test was conducted in China in the fourth quarter. 

-25-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wiley Australia had mixed results.  Higher revenue from the sale of imported P/T and Higher Education books 
was  partially  offset  by  a  weak  showing  from  the  indigenous  School  frontlist.    There  was  extensive  Australian 
media  coverage  of  a  number  of  local  and  imported  Wiley  trade  titles  during  the  year.    Wiley  Australia  was 
honored  with  several  awards  during  the  year,  including  the  Australian  Awards  for  Excellence  in  Educational 
Publishing  in  the  Tertiary  Adaptation  Single  Title  category  for  Principles  of  Accounting  by  Jerry  J.  Weygandt.  
Peter Donoughue, Managing Director of Wiley Australia, was honored as one of the inaugural recipients of the 
Australian  Publishers  Association’s  George  Robertson  Service  to  the  Publishing  Industry  Award,  which 
recognizes those with more than 30 years devoted and loyal service to the publishing industry.   

Throughout the fiscal year, Wiley Canada experienced considerable success in the Higher Education channel, 
with a 25% revenue gain from WileyPLUS and excellent results from the indigenous publishing program.  While 
several P/T channels (including online, special and custom sales, and clubs) performed well, the strength of the 
Canadian  dollar  against  the  U.S.  dollar  offset  those  gains.    Standout  products  include  SMART  Boards  For 
Dummies  (for  which  there  was  a  large  custom  order);  leadership  books;  Frommer’s  travel  guides;  Weight 
Watchers All-Time Favorites; and the Canadian Encyclopedia of Natural Medicine.   

Shared Service and Administrative Costs  

Shared  services  and  administrative  costs  for  fiscal  year  2008  increased  38%  to  $373.0  million,  mainly  due  to 
$84.8 million of incremental shared service and administrative costs related to Blackwell.  Included in Blackwell 
shared  service  and  administrative  costs  are  transition  and  integration  costs  of  approximately  $21  million.  
Shared  services  and  administrative  costs,  excluding  Blackwell  and  unfavorable  foreign  exchange,  increased 
5%, mainly due to higher employment costs, higher facility costs to support business growth and professional 
fees. 

-26-

 
 
 
Results of Operations 

Fiscal Year 2007 Summary Results 

For the full year, revenue advanced 18% over prior year to $1.2 billion, or 17% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  Blackwell Publishing Ltd. (“Blackwell”) contributed $105.8 million to the revenue growth since 
it  was  acquired  on  February  2,  2007.    The  year-on-year  growth  reflected  continued  momentum  in  the 
Company’s  global  businesses.    Excluding  Blackwell,  revenue  grew  8%  to  $1.1  billion,  or  7%  excluding  the 
favorable impact of foreign exchange. 

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2007 decreased to 65.9% from 67.2% in the prior year.  Lower inventory and 
author  advance  provisions  due  to  higher  sales  were  more  than  offset  by  the  adverse  impact  of  a  $13  million 
acquisition accounting adjustment to revenue, and gross margins on Blackwell sales.  Excluding the acquisition 
accounting  adjustment,  Blackwell’s  gross  margin  was  approximately  53%.    Excluding  Blackwell,  gross  profit 
margin improved 40 basis points to 67.6%.  

Operating and administrative expenses increased 18% over the prior year, or 16% excluding the adverse impact 
of foreign exchange.  The increase primarily reflects $38.7 million of incremental operating expenses related to 
Blackwell; increased editorial/production costs, marketing and selling to support business growth; stock option 
costs of $11.3 million associated with the adoption of SFAS 123R; and a $4.4 million bad debt provision related 
to the bankruptcy of Advanced Marketing Services (AMS). 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $7.2  million  principally  due  to  acquisitions.    The  Blackwell  acquisition 
contributed approximately $5.5 million of the increase. Operating income improved 6% to $161.3 million in fiscal 
year 2007, including operating income of $6.5 million related to Blackwell.  The operating margin for fiscal year 
2007 was 13.1% or 13.7% excluding Blackwell, as compared to 14.6% in the prior year period.  Improved gross 
margin and lower depreciation were offset by incremental expenses associated with the adoption of SFAS 123R 
and the AMS bad debt provision.  Net interest expense and other increased $12.9 million to $21.8 million mainly 
due to finance costs associated with the Blackwell acquisition. 

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2007 was 28.6% compared to 23.3% in the prior year.  Fiscal years 2007 
and 2006 include tax benefits of $5.5 million and $6.8 million, respectively, due to the resolution and settlements 
of  certain  matters  with  state,  federal  and  international  tax  authorities.    Fiscal  year  2006  also  includes  a  $7.5 
million  tax  benefit  associated  with  the reversal  of  a  tax  accrual  recorded on  the  repatriation  of  dividends  from 
European subsidiaries in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005.  On May 10, 2005, the U.S. Internal Revenue 
Service  issued  Notice  2005-38.    The  notice  provided  for  a  tax  benefit  that  fully  offset  the  tax  accrued  by  the 
Company  on  foreign  dividends  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2005.    None  of  the  tax  benefits  had  a  cash 
impact on the Company.  Fiscal years 2007 and 2006 effective tax rates excluding these benefits and without 
Blackwell were 35.1% and 33.2%, respectively.  The increase was principally due to higher taxes on non-U.S. 
sourced  earnings.    Blackwell’s  effective  tax  rate  had,  and  is  expected  to  have,  a  favorable  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated effective tax rate. 

Reported  earnings  per  diluted  share  and  net  income  for  fiscal  year  2007  were  $1.71  and  $99.6  million, 
respectively.  Excluding the tax benefits, earnings per diluted share for fiscal years 2007 and 2006 were $1.62 
and $1.61, respectively.  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures described below.  The results for fiscal year 2007 
include an incremental $7.1 million after-tax charge, or $0.12 per diluted share, related to the adoption of SFAS 
123R.  The Blackwell acquisition was dilutive to net income and earnings per diluted share by $1.2 million and 
$0.02, respectively. 

-27-

 
 
 
Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures:   The Company’s management  internally  evaluates  its’  operating  performance 
excluding unusual and/or nonrecurring events. The Company believes excluding such events provides a more 
effective and comparable measure of current and future performance. We also believe that excluding the effects 
of the following tax benefits provides a more balanced view of the underlying dynamics of our business. 

Tax (Benefit) Provision on Dividends Repatriated 

In fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded a $7.5 million, or $0.12 per diluted share, tax benefit associated with 
the reversal of a tax accrual recorded on the repatriation of dividends from European subsidiaries in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal year 2005.  On May 10, 2005, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service issued Notice 2005-38.   

The notice provided for a tax benefit that fully offset the tax accrued by the Company on foreign dividends in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005.  The tax benefit did not have a cash impact on the Company.  The tax benefit 
has been adjusted below due to its infrequent non-recurring nature.  

Resolution of Tax Matters 

Fiscal year 2007 and 2006 include tax benefits of $5.5 million ($0.09 per diluted share) and $6.8 million ($0.11 
per  diluted  share),  respectively,  resulting  from  the  favorable  resolution  and  settlements  of  certain  tax  matters 
with  authorities  in  the  U.S.  and  abroad.    None  of  the  tax  benefits  had  a  cash  impact  on  the  Company.    The 
Company has excluded these benefits from adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per share due to their 
significance to both measurements and uncertainty as to their reoccurrence in the future.    

Since  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted  earnings  per  share  are  not  measures  calculated  in  accordance  with 
GAAP,  they  should  not  be  considered  as  a  substitute  for  other  GAAP  measures,  including  net  income  and 
earnings  per  share  as  indicators  of  operating  performance.  Accordingly,  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted 
earnings  per  diluted  share  are  reconciled  below  to  net  income  and  earnings  per  share  on  a  GAAP  basis,  for 
fiscal years 2007 and 2006. 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Disclosure 

Net Income (in thousands) 

For the Years Ended 
    April 30, 

           2007 

2006 

As Reported 

         $99,619 

      $110,328 

Tax (Benefit) Provision on Dividends Repatriated 

          - 

     (7,476) 

Resolution of Tax Matters  

    (5,468) 

           (6,776) 

Adjusted  

$94,151 

        $96,076 

Earnings Per Diluted Share 

For the Years Ended 
    April 30, 

           2007 

2006 

As Reported 

$1.71 

          $1.85 

Tax (Benefit) Provision on Dividends Repatriated 

          -  

    (0.12) 

Resolution of Tax Matters 

   (0.09) 

    (0.11) 

Adjusted  

           $1.62 

  $1.61 

-28-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Fiscal Year 2007 Segment Results 

Blackwell  is  reported  below  as  a  separate  segment.  In  connection  with  the  integration  of  Blackwell,  we  have 
conformed  the  classification  of  certain  accounts  in  our  Statements  of  Income  and  segment  reporting  and 
realigned certain product lines in our segment reporting to correspond with management responsibility.  All prior 
year periods have been restated for comparability.  These changes had no impact on Wiley’s net income and 
EPS. 

 In the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company finalized a review of certain product prices used to settle 
inter-segment  sales.  As  a  result  of  the  study,  certain  intersegment  product  prices  were  modified.  While  the 
modification had no effect on consolidated financial results, it did impact individual segment operating results.   
Below  is  a  supplemental  segment  report  adjusting  prior  year  results  to  reflect  the  current  modified  product 
prices: 

Adjusted Segment Results 

(Amounts in millions) 

2007 

For The Years Ended April 30, 

2006 

Inter- 
Segment 
Impact 

% Change 

Adjusted 

  Adjusted 

As 
Reported

As 
Reported 

As 
Reported 

Revenue: 

Professional/Trade 

    $       390.5 

     $     371.9 

    $      (7.9) 

   $     364.0 

           7% 

        5% 

Scientific, Technical and Medical 

             230.9 

            214.1 

            (1.1) 

          213.0 

           8% 

        8% 

Higher Education 

European Segment  

Blackwell 

             162.5 

            156.2 

            (3.7) 

          152.5 

           7% 

        4% 

             315.9 

            292.4 

            (4.1) 

          288.3 

         10% 

        8% 

             105.8 

                    - 

                 - 

                 - 

            - 

         - 

Asia, Australia & Canada 

             132.9 

            124.0 

            (0.1) 

          123.9 

           7% 

        7% 

Inter-Segment Sales Eliminations 

            (103.9)

           (114.7)

           16.9 

           (97.8) 

        (6)% 

        9% 

     Total Revenue 

    $    1,234.6 

     $  1,043.9 

    $           - 

   $  1,043.9 

        18% 

      18% 

Direct Contribution to Profit: 

Professional/Trade 

   $        106.5 

     $     105.8 

    $      (5.8) 

  $      100.0 

          7% 

        1% 

Scientific, Technical and Medical 

             115.2 

            108.7 

                 - 

          108.7 

          6% 

        6% 

Higher Education 

European Segment  

Blackwell 

               42.6 

              41.7 

            (3.4) 

            38.3 

        11% 

        2% 

             109.8 

              96.8 

             5.9 

          102.7 

          7% 

      13% 

               28.9 

                 - 

           - 

           - 

  - 

  - 

Asia, Australia & Canada 

               28.1 

              27.3 

             3.3 

            30.6 

        (8)% 

        3% 

    Total Direct Contribution to Profit 

    $       431.1 

     $      380.3     $           - 

   $     380.3 

         13% 

       13% 

Shared Services and Admin. Costs 

            (269.8)

           (227.6)

                 - 

         (227.6) 

       (19)% 

     (19)% 

Operating Income 

   $        161.3 

     $     152.7 

    $           - 

   $     152.7 

           6% 

         6% 

-29-

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Professional/Trade (P/T):  

Dollars in thousands 
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

 2007 
$390,524 
$106,546 
   27.3% 

 2006 
$371,923 
$105,800 
   28.4% 

%  
change 
5% 
1% 

Wiley’s U.S. P/T revenue for fiscal year 2007 advanced 5% to $390.5 million from $371.9 million in the previous 
year, or 7% after adjusting for the effect of the change in inter-segment product prices.  The results were driven 
by  the  cooking,  travel,  business,  and  technology  programs,  as  well  as  strong  global  rights  and  advertising 
revenue  partially  offset  by  lower  SuDoku  sales  as  planned.    Revenue  from  acquisitions  in  the  current  year 
contributed approximately $2.0 million of growth over the prior year. 

Adjusting for the effect of the change in inter-segment product prices, direct contribution improved 7%.  Also on 
an  adjusted  basis,  contribution  margin  for  fiscal  year  2007  decreased  20  basis  points  to  27.3%.    Favorable 
product mix and lower inventory and royalty advance provisions were more than offset by a bad debt provision 
related to the bankruptcy of Advanced Marketing Services of $4.4 million and stock option costs associated with 
the adoption of SFAS 123R of $1.4 million. 

Frommer’s  reached  a  milestone  during  Wiley’s  bicentennial  year,  as  the  well-known  travel-guide  brand 
celebrated  its  50th  anniversary  with  the  publication  of  new  editions  and  titles  in  its  Day  by  Day  and  Pauline 
Frommer  series.    Several  finance,  business,  and  leadership  titles  stood  out  among  the  year’s  publications, 
including True North by Bill George, a follow-up to Authentic Leadership; The Only Three Questions That Count, 
by Ken Fisher, long-time Forbes columnist and Chairman and CEO of Fisher Investments; the third book in the 
best-selling Little Book series, Little Book of Common Sense Investing by John Bogle; The Science of Success: 
How  Market-Based  Management  Built  the  World’s  Largest  Private  Company  by  Charles  Koch,  Chairman  and 
CEO of Koch Industry; and Chocolates on the Pillow Aren’t Enough:  Reinventing the Customer Experience by 
the Chairman and CEO of Loewe’s Hotels, Jonathan Tisch.   

Previously published titles continued to build momentum, including Weight Watchers New Complete Cookbook 
and  The  Bon  Appetit  Cookbook.    Hedgehogging  by  Barton  Biggs;  The  Little  Book  That  Beats  The  Market  by 
Joel Greenblatt; Empire of Debt: The Rise of an Epic Financial Crisis by William Bonner and Addison Wiggin; 
The Invisible Employee: Realizing the Hidden Potential in Everyone by Adrian Gostick and Chester Elton; and 
Stock  Investing  For  Dummies,  2nd  Edition  by  Paul  Mladjenovic  were  all  featured  on  major  bestseller  lists  in 
2007  along  with  perennial  Wiley  bestsellers,  Five  Dysfunctions  of  a  Team  by  Patrick  Lencioni;  Investing  For 
Dummies,  by  Eric  Tyson;  J.K.  Lasser’s  Income  Tax  2006;  and  SuDoku  For  Dummies  by  Andrew  Heron  and 
Andrew Stuart.   

P/T’s online business had an excellent year with strong advertising sales.  Wiley acquired Whatsonwhen.com, a 
provider  of  travel-related  online  content,  technology,  and  related  services  during  the  second  quarter.    The 
acquisition is already enhancing Wiley’s extensive travel-related content business, which includes the integrated 
online  and  print  Frommer’s,  For  Dummies,  and  Unofficial  Guides  brands.    Nearly  1,400  articles  adapted  from 
For Dummies text were delivered to Yahoo! Tech during the year.  Yahoo! Tech provides consumers with advice 
and information on technology.    Wiley significantly increased the number of Podcasts offered on its websites 
during the fiscal year. 

In March, Wiley acquired the publishing assets of Anker Publishing, including approximately 100 backlist titles 
and  a  quarterly  newsletter  (Department  Chair)  which  covers  professional  development  for  faculty  and 
administrators in higher education.   

-30-

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During fiscal year 2007, Wiley signed an agreement with Microsoft to publish business books under a Microsoft 
Executive  Circle  series.        P/T  also  signed  a  multi-year  publishing  agreement  with  the  Lincoln  Center  for  the 
Performing  Arts,  Inc.  for  a  minimum  of  15  books  that  will  draw  on  Lincoln  Center’s  community  of  artists, 
extensive  archives,  and  educational  expertise.        Another  alliance  was  formed  during  the  fall  with  Essential 
Learning  Partnership,  a  provider  of  web-based  continuing  education  for  clinical  professionals  in  psychology, 
counseling, and social work, to enable clinicians to purchase training courses using Wiley titles to meet license 
requirements. 

 Scientific, Technical and Medical (STM):  

Dollars in thousands   
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin   

 2007 
$230,916 
$115,169 
   49.9% 

  2006 
$214,144 
$108,832 
   50.8% 

% 
change 
8% 
 6% 

U.S. STM revenue for fiscal year 2007 increased 8% to $230.9 million from $214.1 million in the previous year.  
Revenue  growth  was  driven  by  journal  subscriptions,  non-subscription  revenue,  such  as  advertising  and  the 
sale of journal reprints, and STM reference books.  New businesses and publication rights acquired during the 
year,  such  as  InfoPOEMS,  Dialysis  &  Transplantation,  The  Hospitalist,  the  Journal  of  Orthopedic  Research, 
Clinical Cardiology and Carpe Diem contributed approximately $5.0 million of the top-line growth for the year.  

Direct contribution to profit for fiscal year 2007 increased 6% to $115.2 million.  Contribution margin decreased 
to 49.9% from 50.8% in the prior year.  The decline in margin was primarily due to the higher cost of imported 
products and higher royalties due to product mix.  STM results were also affected by costs associated with the 
adoption of SFAS 123R of approximately $1.2 million.  

Customers  continue  to  take  advantage  of  Wiley  InterScience’s  content.    The  number  of  visits  grew  by  nearly 
24% during fiscal year 2007 compared to the previous year.  Pay-Per-View and Article Select sales were strong 
around the world. 

During  fiscal  year  2007,  the  Company  embarked  on  an  aggressive  program  to  further  exploit  its  intellectual 
content  by  digitizing  selected  landmark  STM  books.    Consequently,  the  number  of  online  books  downloaded 
from Wiley InterScience grew by 30% during the year.  The program includes the digitization of more than 750 
volumes from at least 21 book series.  Series editors include such eminent and pioneering scientists as Nobel 
Laureates Ilya Prigogine and Jean-Marie Lehn, and National Medal of Science Winner Stuart Rice.  The Book 
Series is available as individual volumes, complete series, or multiple series, with discounts offered based on 
the  number  of  volumes  purchased.    Wiley  currently  publishes  approximately  2,800  online  books,  with 
approximately 40-50 new titles added every month.  With the addition of the 750 back volumes, total online book 
content will comprise over one million pages. 

During fiscal year 2007, Wiley signed publishing agreements with several scholarly societies, including the Mt. 
Sinai  School  of  Medicine,  the  International  Society  of  Magnetic  Resonance  in  Medicine,  the  Society  of 
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, and the American College of Rheumatology.  The Company also expanded 
its partnership with Skyscape, Inc., a leading provider of interactive, intelligent health solutions for desktop and 
mobile  devices,  to  make  InfoPOEMs  evidence-based  medicine  summaries  available  to  Skyscape’s  customer 
base of more than 575,000 medical professionals.  

Earlier in fiscal year 2007, Wiley signed an agreement with the New York Public Library to provide public online 
access to over 300 peer-reviewed journals that until now have been available principally through academic or 
corporate  collections.      The  objectives  of  this  pilot  project  are  to  accumulate  usage  data  on  high-level  journal 
-31-

 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
content in a public library setting.  This is Wiley's first such license for journal content with a major public library 
in North America.  

Higher Education: 

Dollars in thousands 
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

  2007 
 $162,473 
  $42,554 
   26.2% 

% 
change 
4% 
2% 

 2006 
$156,200 
  $41,654 
   26.7% 

U.S. Higher Education revenue in fiscal year 2007 increased 4% to $162.5 million, or 7% after adjusting for the 
effect of the change in inter-segment product prices.  Strong growth in accounting, driven by new editions sold 
through  WileyPLUS,  social  sciences  and  sales  of  Microsoft  Official  Academic  Course  (MOAC)  titles  were 
partially offset by softness in mathematics, science, and engineering.   

Direct  contribution  to  profit  for  fiscal  year  2007  improved  2%,  or  11%  adjusted  for  the  effect  of  the  change  in 
inter-segment  product  prices.    The  improvement  was  due  to  revenue  growth  and  lower  costs  driven  by  off-
shoring  composition,  improved  vendor  terms,  lower  inventory  provisions  and  lower  costs  associated  with  the 
delivery of electronic product, partially offset by incremental stock option costs associated with the adoption of 
SFAS  123R  of  $1.1  million.  Contribution  margin  adjusted  for  the  effect  of  the  change  in  inter-segment  prices 
improved 110 basis points to 26.2%. 

WileyPLUS sales for fiscal year 2007 increased 90% over the prior year.  Digital-only, i.e., not accompanied by 
a  textbook,  accounted  for  20%  of  WileyPLUS  sales.    Marketing  programs  in  the  UK  and  Asia  are  helping  to 
establish a presence for WileyPLUS in those regions.  WileyPLUS Assignment Editions were officially launched 
in the Australian and New Zealand markets. 

Soon after the end of the fiscal year 2007, Higher Education enhanced and re-launched its WileyPLUS online 
presence  at  www.wileyplus.com.    Redesigned  with  intuitive  navigation  and  user-focused  content,  the  site  will 
offer introductory information and demos, along with resources for current student and faculty users.  The Wiley 
Faculty  Network,  a  peer-to-peer  network  to  help  instructors  better  utilize  technology,  experienced  a  50% 
increase in the number of attendees to its Guest Lectures throughout the fiscal year.   

Early in fiscal year 2007, Wiley became Microsoft’s sole publishing partner worldwide for all MOAC materials.  
Microsoft  and  Wiley  are  collaborating  on  a  new  co-branded  series  of  textbook  and  e-learning  products  on 
several  topics.    Wiley  also  assumed  responsibility  for  the  sale  of  existing  MOAC  titles.    Sales  of  MOAC  titles 
have surpassed the expectations of both Wiley and Microsoft. 

The  National  Geographic  Collegiate  Atlas,  which  Wiley  publishes  as  part  of  its  alliance  with  the  National 
Geographic  Society  (NGS),  was  awarded  the  Best  Book/Atlas  at  the  American  Congress  on  Surveying  and 
Mapping  design  competition.    Earlier  in  the  year,  Higher  Education  launched  Wiley  Visualizing,  a  series  of 
introductory  textbooks  developed  in  exclusive  partnership  with  the  NGS  that  integrate  rich  visuals  and  media 
with text to enhance learning.  Marketplace response to the new textbook series has been very positive.  Higher 
Education also announced partnerships with the CFA Institute, a global membership organization of investment 
practitioners and educators, to publish finance titles under the CFA Institute Investment Series brand.  Earlier in 
the year, Wiley and the George Lucas Educational Foundation, a non-profit organization dedicated to innovation 
and improvement in education, signed an agreement to co-produce a series of six textbooks employing “project-
based”  learning,  which,  has  been  demonstrated  to  increase self-direction  and  improve research  and  problem-
solving skills. 

-32-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe:  

Dollars in thousands    
Revenue   
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

  2007 
$315,908
$109,825
   34.8% 

% 
change 
  2006 
8% 
$292,380 
  $96,837        13% 
   33.1% 

% 
excluding FX 
4% 
        12% 

Wiley Europe's revenue for fiscal year 2007 increased 8% to $315.9 million, or 5% after adjusting for the effect 
of  the  change  in  inter-segment  product  prices  and  favorable  foreign  exchange.    The  revenue  growth  was 
principally  driven  by  journal  subscriptions  and  STM  reference  books  partially  offset  by  lower  SuDoku  For 
Dummies sales, as planned.   

Direct contribution for the full year increased 13% over the prior year, or 5% after adjusting for the effect of the 
change  in  inter-segment  product  prices  and  favorable  foreign  exchange.    Higher  royalties  due  to  product  mix 
and a $1.2 million charge for stock option costs associated with the adoption of SFAS 123R were partially offset 
by improved costs associated with electronic revenue.  Also on an adjusted basis, the contribution margin was 
flat with the prior year.   

Fiscal  year  2007  ended  on  a  positive  note  with  indigenous  books  showing  strength.    P/T  sales  picked  up 
momentum  in  continental  Europe  during  the  fourth  quarter  with  much  of  the  growth  coming  from  technology 
books.  STM journal subscriptions continued to increase in all disciplines, particularly chemistry, which includes 
the Angewandte Chemie journals published on behalf of the German Chemical Society.  

Early in fiscal year 2007, Wiley Europe announced the formation of a multi-year publishing partnership with the 
Dana  Centre,  an  extension  of  the  Science  Museum  in  London.   Written  by  leading  technology  journalists  and 
experts in the U.K., the books will examine technology-related news stories from around the world; explore their 
implications  on  everyday  life;  and  provide  predictions  for  the  future.    The  Dana  Centre  is  well  known  for  its 
innovative and thought-provoking events and debates on contemporary science, technology, and culture. 

Wiley Europe also signed a contract with the Strategic Management Society to publish a new journal, Strategic 
Entrepreneurship, extending its relationship with the Society.  Wiley Europe signed a co-publishing agreement 
during the fourth quarter for a new book series with the Royal Microscopy Society, aiming to deliver three titles 
per  year.    Earlier  in  the  year,  an  agreement  was  reached  with  the  Royal  Meteorological  Society  (RMetS),  a 
leading professional and learned society, to publish all five of its journals.  This agreement expands an existing 
relationship, establishing Wiley as the exclusive publisher of all the RMetS journals.  Wiley and the RMetS have 
worked together since 1980, when they launched the International Journal of Climatology. 

During  fiscal  year  2007,  Wiley  Europe  renewed  its  contract  with  National  Health  Service  in  the  U.K.  for  the 
Cochrane National Site License.  In July, Wiley-VCH re-launched the pro-physik.de portal with a number of new 
customer-oriented  features,  such  as  enhanced  search  capabilities.    Wiley  Europe  acquired  the  European 
Transactions on Telecommunications journal, which it has been publishing under a collaborative agreement for 
years.  Wiley and the British Journal of Surgery Society renewed their contract.   

Wiley Europe has been exploring new business opportunities with telecommunications companies. As a result, it 
extended its publishing partnership with Symbian to include the formation of a new Symbian Academy program 
for accredited Higher Education institutions, drawing on content from across all of Wiley's publishing programs.  

-33-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blackwell: 

Dollars in thousands 
Revenue  
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin 

2007 
$105,760 
  $28,853 
   27.3% 

Blackwell’s operating results have been included in the consolidated results of the Company since the effective 
date  of  the  acquisition  February  2,  2007.    Blackwell  revenue  and  direct  contribution  for  fiscal  year  2007  was 
$105.8  million  and  $28.9  million,  respectively.    Included  in  the  results  are  approximately  $5.5  million  of 
amortization charges  for  intangible  assets  related  to  the  acquisition.    While not  included  in  direct  contribution, 
financing costs charged to interest expense for the acquisition were approximately $16.7 million in the quarter.  
The acquisition was dilutive to EPS by approximately $0.02 in the quarter and the fiscal year. 

Since  completing  the  acquisition,  we  have  made  significant  progress  integrating  Blackwell  with  Wiley's  global 
STM business. We have validated many of the key assumptions that underlie our acquisition plan. During the 
fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2007,  we  announced  the  global  organization  structure  for  the  merged  business, 
which will include Blackwell and Wiley colleagues on the leadership team. Plans have been approved to merge 
global sales, marketing and content management which will result in significant synergies. As planned, we are 
capitalizing  on  Blackwell's  successful  off-shoring  and  outsourcing  of  various  content  management, 
manufacturing and shared support services. 

Our  current  priorities  are  to  finalize  plans  for  the  implementation  of  a  single  web  platform;  complete  the 
integration  of  technology  infrastructure  resources;  and  to  complete  the  transition  to  a  common  financial 
reporting, distribution and customer service infrastructure.   

Since  the  acquisition  closed,  Wiley  and  Blackwell  have  renewed  society  journal  contracts  and  announced  the 
launch  of  new  journals  and  new  partnerships.    New  publications  include  Clinical  and  Translational  Science, 
which will focus on the rapidly expanding field of translational studies, a complex medical discipline emerging at 
the  intersection  of  applied  bench  research  and  clinical  medicine;  Regulation  &  Governance,  a  specialized 
international  journal  addressing  the  world’s  most  pressing  audit  and  risk  challenges;  Asian  Social  Work  and 
Policy Review, the Korean Academy of Social Welfare’s official publication; and Archives of Drug Information, a 
new, freely available peer-reviewed journal featuring the results of drug studies.  This journal will help to address 
requests for transparency voiced by societies, health care practitioners, patients, media, and the government to 
disclose clinical trial information.   

Asia, Australia and Canada:  

Dollars in thousands   
Revenue 
Direct Contribution 
Contribution Margin   

    2007 
   $132,992 
    $28,145 
     21.2% 

  2006 
$124,000
    $27,265
     22.0%  

% 
change 
7% 
 3% 

% 
excluding FX 
5% 
(3%) 

Wiley's fiscal year 2007 revenue in Asia, Australia, and Canada advanced 7% to $133.0 million, or 5% excluding 
favorable foreign exchange.  Growth was driven by strong P/T sales in all regions and the sale of rights, partially 
offset  by  disappointing  school  sales  in  Australia.    Direct  contribution  for  the  full  year  increased  3%  to  $28.1 
million,  but  decreased  13%  after  adjusting  for  the  effect  of  the  change  in  inter-segment  product  prices  and 
favorable foreign exchange.  The decline was principally due to product mix and investments in the development 
of indigenous publishing programs.   

-34-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
WileyPLUS gained ground with new adoptions across Asia, Australia, and Canada.  Microsoft Official Academic 
Course (MOAC) books are eliciting much interest, especially in Malaysia and India. 

Wiley Canada delivered mixed results throughout the year, showing strength in its P/T business, but falling short 
in Higher Education.  P/T’s growth was driven by demand for local real estate titles and front-list releases, as 
well as strong demand for For Dummies titles.  An indigenous title, Beyond the Crease by hockey player Martin 
Brodeur, has been selling well globally.  Sales of WileyPLUS have exceeded expectations in Canada. 

Shared Service and Administrative Costs  

Shared services and administrative costs for fiscal year 2007 increased 19% to $269.8 million, or 17% excluding 
the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign exchange.    Blackwell  contributed  $22.4 million  to  the  increase  in  fiscal  year 
2007  operating  expenses.    In  addition,  the  increase  reflects  costs  due  to  business  growth  and  performance, 
stock  options  costs  of  $6.1  million  associated  with  the  adoption  of  SFAS  123R,  and  higher  occupancy  costs, 
mainly due to new facilities, partially offset by lower depreciation expense.   

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance was $59.3 million at the end of fiscal year 2008, compared 
with $71.5 million a year earlier. Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2008 increased $59.5 million 
to  $280.1  million  due  to  higher  cash  earnings  and  lower  working  capital,  partially  offset  by  higher  pension 
contributions.  Cash  provided  from  operations  includes  a  full  year  of  Blackwell  results  versus  only  the  fourth 
quarter  in  the  prior  period.    The  improvement  in  working  capital  was  principally  due  to  higher  prepaid 
subscriptions on Blackwell journals and WileyPLUS, lower income tax payments and higher accrued Blackwell 
royalties, partly offset by higher pension contributions, lower accrued interest and higher accounts receivable.    

With  respect  to  the  improvement  in  Blackwell  prepaid  journal  subscriptions  over  prior  year,  cash  for  calendar 
year 2007 journal subscriptions was received from November 2006 through January 2007.  Due to the timing of 
the acquisition (February 2, 2007) the majority of prior years subscription receipts were received by Blackwell 
prior to the acquisition and retained in the acquired business.  In addition the favorability in Blackwell royalties 
was mainly due to the timing of the acquisition, as most of the annual journal royalties had been accrued at the 
time of the acquisition and were paid subsequently prior to the end of fiscal year 2007. 

Pension  contributions  in  fiscal  year  2008  were  $59.4  million,  compared  to  $8.3  million  in  the  prior  year.    New 
regulations  in  the  U.S.  and  the  U.K.  require  companies  to  fully  fund  their  statutory  pension  plans,  generally 
within seven years.  Over the seven-year transition funding period companies face significantly increased levies 
based  upon  present  funding  levels  and  restrict  flexibility  in  modifying  those  plans.    The  Company  determined 
that it was appropriate for both participants in the plans and the Company to accelerate a portion of the newly 
required funding in the current fiscal year.  The accelerated funding will provide economic and earnings benefits 
to the Company in the form of a reduction in aggregate future cash funding to the plans and accretion to future 
earnings over the seven-year funding transition period.  In addition, it will decrease future volatility in earnings 
and  cash  flows,  and  provide  Wiley  flexibility  in  managing  those  plans  involved.    The  accelerated  funding  was 
$10 million to the U.S. statutory plan and $15 million to a U.K. statutory plan.  In addition, the Company provided 
approximately  $23  million  of  funding  to  the  U.K.  plan  acquired  with  the  Blackwell  acquisition  as  anticipated.    
The Company anticipates making pension contributions in fiscal year 2009 of approximately $10.0 million.   

Cash used for investing activities for fiscal year 2008 was approximately $170.2 million compared to $1.0 billion 
in fiscal year 2007. The Company invested $6.8 million in the acquisition of publishing businesses, assets and 
-35-

 
 
 
rights  compared  to  $972.9  million  in  the  prior  year.  Significant  prior  year  acquisitions  included  Blackwell  for 
approximately  $1.1  billion  in  cash  plus  liabilities  assumed  less  cash  acquired.    As  part  of  the  Blackwell 
acquisition  on  February  2,  2007,  the  Company  acquired  $42.3  million  in  marketable  securities  which  were  all 
sold by the Company during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007.   

Cash  used  for  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  product  development  increased $  55.7  million  in  fiscal  year 
2008  versus  the  prior  year.    Product  development  spending  increased  approximately  $35.0  million  related  to 
Blackwell.  The additions to property, plant and equipment in both years were principally for computer hardware 
and software to support customer products and improve productivity. Additions in fiscal year 2007 also included 
approximately $7.0 million associated with additional publishing facilities acquired in the United Kingdom. 

Cash used in financing activities was $124.5 million in fiscal year 2008, as compared to cash provided of $817.0 
million  in  fiscal  year  2007.  In  fiscal  2008,  cash  was  used  primarily  to  repay  debt  and  pay  dividends  to 
shareholders.  Financing  activities  in  fiscal  2007  included  approximately  $1.1  billion  of  acquisition  debt 
associated with Blackwell, the repayment of other debt facilities and dividend payments to shareholders. During 
fiscal  year  2008  the  Company  repurchased  100,000  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $36.79.  The  Company 
increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 10% to $0.11 per share in fiscal year 2008 versus $0.10 per 
share in the prior year.  

As of April 30, 2008 the Company had approximately $842 million of debt outstanding with approximately $522 
million of unused borrowing capacity.  See Note 12 for description of credit facilities.  

On October 19, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, designated by the Company 
as a cash flow hedge as defined under SFAS No.  133, "Accounting for Derivative    Instruments and Hedging 
Activities".  The hedge will fix a portion of the variable interest due on the Revolving Credit Facility.  Under the 
terms of the interest rate swap, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 4.60% and will receive a variable rate of 
interest at three month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which will be reset every three months for a 
three-year  period  ending  August  8,  2010.    The  notional  amount  of  the  rate  swap  is  $100  million.  Aggregate 
notional amount of interest rate swap agreements associated with the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility 
were $715 million as of April 30, 2008.  It is management's intention that the notional amount of the interest rate 
swap be less than the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility outstanding during the life of the derivative. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  of  its  U.S.  Higher  Education  business  and 
receipts  from  its  journal  subscriptions.  Journal  receipts  occur  primarily  from  November  through  January  from 
companies commonly referred to as journal subscription agents. Reference is made to the Credit Risk section, 
which follows, for a description of the impact on the Company as it relates to journal agents’ financial position 
and  liquidity.  Sales  in  the  U.S.  higher education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in  June  through  August,  and 
again in November through January.  The Company normally requires increased funds for working capital from 
May through September.  

Working  capital  at  April  30,  2008  was  negative  $260.4  million.  Working  capital  is  negative  as  a  result  of 
including, in current liabilities, deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been received. This 
deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  into  income  as  the  products  are  shipped  or  made  available  online  to  the 
customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2008 include $315.8 million of such 
deferred subscription revenue.  

The Company has adequate cash and cash equivalents available, as well as short-term lines of credit to finance 
its short-term seasonal working capital requirements. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt. 

-36-

 
Projected product development and property, equipment and technology capital spending for fiscal year 2009 is 
forecast to be approximately $125 million and $45 million, respectively, including incremental ongoing spending 
associated with Blackwell and significant one-time integration-related capital spending to merge the operations 
of the two businesses. These investments will be funded primarily from internal cash generation, the liquidation 
of cash equivalents, and the use of short-term lines of credit. 

A  summary  of  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments,  excluding  interest  charges  on  debt,  and 
unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 11, as of April 30, 2008 is as follows:  

Contractual Obligations 
Total Debt 

Total 
$842.3 

Payments Due by Period 
2-3 
Years 
    $157.5 

4-5 
Years 
$639.8 

Within  
Year 1 
$45.0 

After 5 
Years 
       $- 

Non-Cancelable Leases 

  272.7 

  35.8 

   64.0 

    57.0 

  115.9 

Minimum Royalty Obligations 

  111.2 

  27.1 

   43.4 

   26.7 

    14.0 

Other Commitments 

      8.1 

   7.3 

    0.8 

       -  

        -  

Total 

     $1,234.3 

  $115.2 

    $265.7 

   $723.5 

 $129.9 

Market Risk 

The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange, and credit risk. It is 
the Company’s policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance 
contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to 
do so. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

The Company had $842.3 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2008, which approximated fair 
value.    On  February  16,  2007,  the  Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement,  designated  as  a 
cash  flow  hedge  as  defined  under  SFAS  No.  133,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging 
Activities”.  The hedge will fix a portion of the variable interest due on a portion of the new Term Loan. Under the 
terms of the interest rate swap, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 5.076% and will receive a variable rate of 
interest based on three month LIBOR (as defined) from the counter party which will be reset every three months 
for a four-year period ending February 8, 2011. The notional amount of the rate swap was initially $660 million 
which will decline through February 8, 2011, based on the expected amortization of the Term Loan.  As of April 
30, 2008, the notional amount of the rate swap was $615.0 million.  On October 19, 2007, the Company entered 
into an additional interest rate swap agreement designed by the Company as a cash flow hedge that will fix a 
portion of the variable interest due on the Revolving Credit Facility.  Under the terms of this interest rate swap, 
the  Company  will  pay  a  fixed  rate  of  4.60%  and  will  receive  a  variable  rate  of  interest  based  on  three  month 
LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which will be reset every three months for a three-year period ending 
August 8, 2010.  The notional amount of the rate swap is $100 million. 

It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the Term Loan and the 
Revolving  Credit  Facility  outstanding  during  the  life  of  the  derivatives.    During  fiscal  year  2008,  the  Company 
recognized a loss on its hedge contracts of approximately $2.2 million which is reflected in interest expense.  At 
-37-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
April  30,  2008,  the  aggregate  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  was  a  net  loss  of  $27.1  million  which  is 
included  in  Other  Long  Term  Liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial  Position.    On  an  annual 
basis, a hypothetical one percent change in interest rates for the $127.3 million of unhedged variable rate debt 
as of April 30, 2008 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $0.8 million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange movements primarily in sterling, euros, Canadian and Australian 
dollars,  and  certain  Asian  currencies.    Under  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  may  enter  into  derivative 
financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward contracts as a hedge against specific transactions, 
including inter-company purchases.  The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or 
speculative purposes.  There were no contracts outstanding at April 30, 2008. 

Credit Risk: 

In  the  journal  publishing  business,  subscriptions  are  often  sourced  through  journal  subscription  agents  who, 
acting  as  agents  for  library  customers,  facilitate  ordering  and  consolidate  the  subscription  orders/billings  with 
various  publishers.  Subscription  agents  account  for  approximately  20%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  no 
one agent accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue. Subscription agents generally collect cash 
in  advance  from  subscribers  and  remit  payments  to  journal  publishers,  including  the  Company,  prior  to  the 
commencement of the subscriptions. While at fiscal year-end the Company had minimal credit risk exposure to 
these  agents,  future  calendar-year  subscription  receipts  from  these  agents  may  depend  significantly  on  their 
financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Insurance  for  payment  on  these  accounts  is  not  commercially  feasible  and/or 
available. 

The  Company’s  business  is  not  dependent  upon  a  single  customer;  however,  the  industry  is  concentrated  in 
national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 6% of 
consolidated  book  and  journal  revenue,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  19%  of  total 
consolidated  revenue  and  approximately  39%  of  total  gross  trade  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2008.  
Payments for the sale of journals are predominantly collected in advance. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and 
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management continually evaluates the 
basis for its estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. 

Financial  Reporting  Release  No.  60,  released  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  requires  all 
companies  to  discuss  critical  accounting  policies  or  methods  used  in  the  preparation  of  financial  statements.  
Note  2  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  includes  a  summary  of  the  significant  accounting 
policies  and  methods  used  in  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.    Set  forth  below  is  a 
discussion of the Company’s more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue  Recognition:  In  accordance  with  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  104,  “Revenue  Recognition  in 
Financial  Statements,”  the  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 

-38-

 
 
met,  revenue  is  principally  recognized  upon  shipment  of  products  or  when  services  have  been  rendered.  
Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance.  The prepayment is deferred and recognized as earned 
when the related issue is shipped or made available online over the term of the subscription.  Where a product 
has  been  sold  with  multiple  deliverables  the  Company  follows  EITF  No.  00-21  “Accounting  for  Revenue 
Relationships  with  Multiple  Deliverables”  to  determine  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition.    Collectability  is 
evaluated  based  on  the  amount  involved,  the  credit  history  of  the  customer,  and  the  status  of  the  customer’s 
account  with  the  Company.    Revenue  is  reported  net  of  any  amounts  billed  to  customers  for  taxes  which  are 
remitted to government authorities. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging  of  the  accounts  receivable  balances,  the  historical  write-off  experience,  and  a  credit  evaluation  of  the 
customer.    A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated  allowance.    The 
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  accounts  receivable  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated  balance  sheets  and  amounted  to  $8.0  million  and  $11.2  million  at  April  30,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively. 

Sales Return Reserve:  The estimated allowance for sales returns is based on a review of the historical return 
patterns associated with the various sales outlets, as well as current market trends in the businesses in which 
we operate. Sales return reserves, net of estimated inventory and royalty costs, are reported as a reduction of 
accounts  receivable  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $55.5  million  and 
$56.1 million at April 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate 
could affect net income by approximately $4.4 million.  A change in the pattern or trends in returns could affect 
the estimated allowance. 

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence:  Inventories are carried at cost or market whichever is lower.  A reserve 
for  inventory  obsolescence  is  estimated  based  on  a  review  of  damaged,  obsolete,  or  otherwise  unsalable 
inventory.  The  review  encompasses  historical  unit  sales  trends  by  title;  current  market  conditions,  including 
estimates  of  customer  demand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  A  change  in  sales  trends  could  affect  the 
estimated reserve.  The inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the inventory balance in 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and amounted to $35.4 million and $32.2 million as of April 30, 
2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based  on  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  such  items  including  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets.  Such 
estimates include expected cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on 
historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition and expected tax 
basis of assets acquired. For significant acquisitions, the Company uses independent appraisers to confirm the 
reasonableness of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:  Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of 
the  net  assets  of  the  business  acquired.  Other  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  branded  trademarks, 
acquired  publication  rights  and  non-compete  agreements.  In  accordance  with  SFAS  142,  goodwill  and 
indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment, or 
more often if events or circumstances occur which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting 
unit  below  its  carrying  amount.    Other  finite-lived  intangible  assets  continue  to  be  amortized  over  their  useful 
lives. Acquired publication rights with definitive lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging 
from 5 to 40 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the terms of the individual agreement. 

-39-

 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:  Depreciable and amortizable assets are only evaluated for impairment upon 
a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation 
of the undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based 
on discounted future cash flow. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value 
Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). In February 2008, the FASB issued a partial deferral of the statement’s effective 
date.  SFAS 157 provides a new single authoritative definition of fair value and provides enhanced guidance for 
measuring  the  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  requires  additional  disclosures  related  to  the  extent  to 
which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the 
effect of fair value measurements on earnings.  Included in the deferral, the FASB agreed to a one-year delay of 
the fair value measurement requirement for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities.  The Company plans to 
adopt SFAS 157 as of May 1, 2008 for assets and liabilities not subject to the deferral and as of May 1, 2009 for 
those nonfinancial assets and liabilities subject to the deferral.  The Company does not expect the May 1, 2008 
adoption for financial assets and liabilities to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements 
and is currently assessing the impact, if any, of the deferred portion of SFAS 157 on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  February 2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 159  “The  Fair  Value Option  for  Financial Assets and  Financial 
Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”).  SFAS 159 provides companies with an option to irrevocably elect to measure certain 
financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  an  instrument-by-instrument  basis  with  the  resulting 
changes  in  fair  value  recorded  in  earnings.    The  objective  of  SFAS  159  is  to  reduce  both  the  complexity  in 
accounting for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by using different measuring attributes 
for financial assets and liabilities.  The Company is required to adopt SFAS 159 as of May 1, 2008.  However, 
the  Company  does  not  expect  to  apply  the  fair  value  option  of  SFAS  159  to  any  of  its  existing  assets  and 
liabilities and therefore does not expect the standard to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  Statements  No.  141R,  Business  Combinations  (“SFAS  141R”).    SFAS 
141R  expands  the  scope  of  acquisition  accounting  to  all  transactions  under  which  control  of  a  business  is 
obtained.    Principally,  SFAS  141R  requires  that  contingent  consideration  as  well  as  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date and that certain transaction and restructuring costs be 
expensed.    SFAS  141R  is  effective  for  acquisitions  made  on  and  after  May  1,  2009.    While  The  Company  is 
currently assessing the impact of SFAS 141(R) on its consolidated financial statements, The Company expects 
that upon adoption of SFAS 141(R), the application of the new standard is likely to have a significant impact on 
how the Company allocates the purchase price of any future acquired businesses. 

In  March 2008,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  No. 161,  Disclosures  about  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging 
Activities  (“FAS  161”),  which  is  effective  for  the  Company  February  1,  2009.  SFAS  161  requires  enhanced 
disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities to allow for a better understanding of their effects 
on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Since SFAS 161 requires only additional 
disclosures about the Company’s derivatives and hedging activities, the adoption of SFAS 161 will not affect the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FSP SFAS 142-3 “Determination of the Useful Life of 
Intangible  Assets”  (“SFAS  142-3”).    SFAS  142-3  amends  the  factors  that  must  be  considered  in  developing 
renewal  or  extension  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  useful  life  over  which  to  amortize  the  cost  of  a 
recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” SFAS 142-
3  requires  an  entity  to  consider  its  own  assumptions  about  the  renewal  or  extension  of  the  term  of  the 

-40-

 
arrangement,  consistent  with  its  expected  use  of  the  asset.    SFAS  142-3  also  requires  several  incremental 
disclosures for renewable intangible assets.  The Company is required to adopt SFAS 142-3 as of May 1, 2009.  
The guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must be applied prospectively to 
intangible assets acquired after the effective date.  The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, on its 
consolidated financial statements.  

There have been no other new accounting pronouncements issued during fiscal year 2008 that have had, or are 
expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance, 
and  financial  condition.    Reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may 
differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.  Any such forward-looking statements are based 
upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and  contingencies, 
many  of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Company,  and  are  subject  to  change  based  on  many  important 
factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; 
(ii)  subscriber  renewal  rates  for  the  Company’s  journals;  (iii)  the  financial  stability  and  liquidity  of  journal 
subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and 
financial stability of key online retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s educational business and the 
impact  of  the  used-book  market;  (vii)  worldwide  economic  and  political  conditions;  and  (viii)  the  Company’s 
ability to protect its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwide (ix) other factors detailed from time to 
time  in  the  Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.    The  Company  undertakes  no 
obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  such  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  subsequent  events  or 
circumstances. 

-41-

 
 
Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

Dollars in millions, except per share data 

  2008 

  2007 

Revenue 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year 

Operating Income 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter   
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year  

Net Income 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter (a) 
Third Quarter (b)  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year   

Income Per Share  
First Quarter 
Second Quarter (a) 
Third Quarter (b) 
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year  

$ 

388.5 
423.0 
429.3 
432.9 
$    1,673.7 

$ 

 46.3 
 61.9 
 68.0 
 46.8 
$      223.0 

$ 

 40.2 
 38.3 
 40.0 
 29.0 
$      147.5 

  Diluted 
     0.68 
$ 
     0.65 
     0.67 
     0.49 
     2.49 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

263.4 
284.4 
296.7 
390.1 
   1,234.6 

 35.0 
 42.0 
 50.7 
 33.6 
      161.3 

  21.9 
  29.9 
  33.4 
  14.4 
  99.6 

Diluted 
    0.38 
    0.52 
    0.57 
    0.25 
    1.71 

Basic 
0.70 
0.67 
0.69 
0.49 
2.55 

$ 

$ 

Basic 
0.39 
0.53 
0.59 
0.25 
1.75 

$ 

$ 

NOTE:   

The Company acquired Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd.  (“Blackwell”) on February 2, 2007 the beginning of the Company’s 
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007.  See segment data in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the 
operating results of Blackwell during fiscal year 2007. 

(a)   

(b)   

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $15.3 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, 
associated with a new tax law enacted in the United Kingdom on July 19, 2007 that reduced the corporate income tax rate from 
30%  to  28%.  The  benefit  recognized  by  the  Company  reflects  the  adjustment  required  to  record  all  UK-related  deferred  tax 
balances at the new UK corporate income tax rate of 28%.  In the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized 
a net tax benefit of $4.2 million, or $0.07 per diluted share. This benefit coincided with the resolution and settlement of certain 
tax matters with authorities in the U.S. and abroad.   

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2008 the Company recognized a $3.4 million, or $0.06 per diluted share, tax benefit associated 
with new tax laws enacted in Germany that reduced the corporate income tax rate from 39% to 29%.  The benefits recognized 
by  the  Company  reflect  the  adjustments  required  to  record  all  Germany-related  deferred  tax  balances  at  the  new  corporate 
income tax rates.  In the third quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $1.3 million, or $0.02 per 
diluted share. This benefit coincided with the resolution and settlements of certain tax matters with authorities in the U.S. and 
abroad. 

-42-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Share Prices, Dividends, and Related Stockholder Matters 

The  Company’s  Class  A  and  Class  B  shares  are  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbols 
JWa and JWb, respectively.  Dividends per share and the market price range by fiscal quarter for the past two 
fiscal years were as follows: 

Class A Common Stock 

Market Price 

Dividends 

High 

Low 

Class B Common Stock 
Market Price 
   Low 

High 

Dividends 

2008 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2007 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

 $0.11 
  0.11 
  0.11 
  0.11 

$49.35 
45.24 
44.33 
46.54 

$38.01 
  40.00 
35.98 
36.01 

$0.11 
    0.11 
    0.11 
   0.11 

$49.03 
45.21 
43.72 
46.63 

$38.00 
40.22 
36.14 
36.02 

      $0.10 
  0.10 
  0.10 
  0.10 

   $36.39 
36.15 
41.00 
39.24 

  $32.62 
31.86 
35.12 
36.75 

    $0.10 
    0.10 
    0.10 
    0.10 

 $36.44 
  36.01 
40.78 
39.05 

   $32.61 
31.76 
35.14 
36.95 

As of April 30, 2008, the approximate number of holders of the Company’s Class A and Class B Common Stock 
were 1,203 and 113 respectively, based on the holders of record. 

The Company did not repurchase any common stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. 

The Company’s credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants related to the payment of dividends and 
share  repurchases.  Under  the  most  restrictive  covenant,  approximately  $115.0  million  was  available  for  such 
restricted payments as of April 30, 2008.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors considers quarterly 
the  payment of  cash  dividends  based upon  its review  of  earnings,  the  financial  position of  the  Company,  and 
other relevant factors. 

-43-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Financial Data 

For the Years Ended April 30, 

Dollars in thousands  

(except per share data) 

        2008  

           2007 

          2006 

          2005 

           2004 

Revenue 

$1,673,734 

$1,234,641 

$1,043,932 

$974,048 

Operating Income 

222,990 

     161,304 

Net Income (a-b) 

147,536 

       99,619 

152,679 

110,328 

141,381 

83,841 

Working Capital (c) 

    (243,581) 

     (199,657) 

       (35,801) 

       (2,393) 

Total Assets 

2,588,814 

   2,553,069 

1,026,009 

1,032,569 

Long-Term Debt 

Shareholders’ Equity 

797,318 

689,118 

977,721 

529,508 

160,496 

401,840 

196,214 

396,574 

$922,962 

129,379 

88,840 

17,641 

998,946 

200,000 

415,064 

Per Share Data 

Income Per Share (a-b) 

Diluted 

Basic 

        $2.49 

          $1.71 

          $1.85 

          $1.35 

           $1.41 

        $2.55 

          $1.75 

          $1.90 

          $1.38 

           $1.44 

Cash Dividends 

Class A Common 

        $0.44 

          $0.40 

         $ 0.36 

         $ 0.30 

          $ 0.26 

Class B Common 

        $0.44 

          $0.40 

         $0 .36 

          $0.30 

          $ 0.26 

NOTE:   

The Company acquired Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd.  (“Blackwell”) on February 2, 2007.  See segment data in Note 17 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the operating results of Blackwell. 

(a) 

Tax benefits included in fiscal year results are as follows: 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

Fiscal year 2008 includes a $18.7 million tax benefit, or $0.32 per diluted share, associated with new tax legislation 
enacted in the United Kingdom and Germany that reduced the corporate income tax rates from 30% to 28% and 
from  39%  to  29%,  respectively.    The  benefits  recognized  by  the  Company  reflect  the  adjustments  required  to 
record all U.K. and Germany-related deferred tax balances at the new corporate income tax rates. 

Fiscal  year  2007  includes  a  $5.5  million  tax  benefit,  or  $0.09  per  diluted  share.  This  benefit  coincides  with  the 
resolution and settlements of certain tax matters with authorities in the U.S. and abroad. 

Fiscal year 2006, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $6.8 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, related to 
the favorable resolution of certain matters with tax authorities. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company elected to repatriate approximately $94 million of dividends 
from its European subsidiaries under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which became law in October 2004.  
The law provided for a favorable one-time tax rate on dividends from foreign subsidiaries.  The tax accrued on the 
dividend  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2005  was  approximately  $7.5  million,  or  $0.12  per  diluted  share.  
Pursuant to guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service in May 2005, the Company recorded a tax benefit in 
the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2006  reversing  the  accrued  tax  recorded  in  the  previous  year.    Neither  the  first 
quarter fiscal year 2006 tax benefit nor the corresponding fourth quarter fiscal year 2005 tax accrual had a cash 
impact on the Company. 

(cid:131) 

In fiscal year 2004, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $3.0 million, or $0.05 per diluted share, related to 
the favorable resolution of certain state and federal tax matters, and an adjustment to accrued foreign taxes. 

(b)  

(c)  

Effective May 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R which required that companies recognize share-based compensation 
to employees in the Statement of Income based on the fair value of the share-based awards.  The adoption of SFAS 123R 
resulted in the recognition of an incremental share-based compensation expense of $11.3 million ($7.0 million after taxes) or 
$0.12 per diluted share for the full year ended April 30, 2007. 

Working  capital  is  reduced  or  negative  as  a  result  of  including  in  current  liabilities  the  deferred  revenue  related  to  journal 
subscriptions for which the cash has been received.  The deferred revenue will be recognized into income as the journals are 
shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. 

-44-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley and Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f). 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(COSO).  Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by 
COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 
2008. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting:  Except as described below, there were no changes in our 
internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, 
our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2008. 

As part of the acquisition of Blackwell Publishing we are integrating Blackwell finance functions and processes 
into Wiley’s processes.  This integration has and will result in business process changes.  We have enhanced 
the  design  and  documentation  of  our  internal  control  processes  to  ensure  suitable  controls  over  financial 
reporting.   

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2008 has been audited by KPMG 
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Principles,  Committee  Charters,  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  Policy 
and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at www.wiley.com under the 
“About Wiley—Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” captions.  Copies are also available free of charge 
to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
07030-5774. 

/s/  William J. Pesce 

William J. Pesce 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/  Ellis E. Cousens 

Ellis E. Cousens 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial and Operations Officer 

/s/  Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 
Vice President, Controller and  
Chief Accounting Officer 

June 26, 2008 

-45-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) 
and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ 
equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 
2008. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial 
statement  schedule  (as  listed  in  the  index  to  Item  8).    These  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial 
statement  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2008 and 2007, and the results of 
their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2008,  in 
conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial 
statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, 
present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” as of May 1, 2006. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2008, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)”),  and  our  report  dated  June  26,  2008  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.   

New York, New York  
June 26, 2008 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

-46-

 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2008, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s management is responsible for 
maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal 
Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on 
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable 
detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and 
(3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  as  of  April 30,  2008,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2008 
and  2007,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive 
income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2008, and our report dated 
June 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

New York, New York  
June 26, 2008 

-47-

 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 
Assets: 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Deferred income tax benefits 
Prepaid and other 
Total Current Assets 

Product Development Assets 
Property, Equipment and Technology 
Intangible Assets 
Goodwill 
Deferred Income Tax Benefits 
Other Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Current Liabilities 

Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued pension liability 
Other accrued liabilities 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Total Current Liabilities 

Long-Term Debt 
Accrued Pension Liability 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Deferred Income Taxes 
Shareholders’ Equity 

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero  
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,  
      Issued – 69,641,921 and 69,387,799 
Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million, 
      Issued – 13,548,341 and 13,802,463 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
     Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss): 
     Foreign currency translation adjustment 
     Unamortized pension and retiree medical 
     Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap 

Less Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 20,661,469 and 21,735,471; 
          Class B – 3,902,576 and 3,902,576) 
Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-48-

 April 30  

        2008  

 2007 

$

       59,311 
     224,757 
       118,209 
        3,651 
         41,652 
       447,580 

         95,126 
       145,709 
    1,120,398 
       708,233 
         29,136 
         42,632 
$     2,588,814 

$        189,332 
       315,830 
           1,633 
           2,499 
       136,867 
       45,000 
       691,161 

       797,318 
         82,755 
     100,421 
       228,041 

$ 

$ 

$ 

     71,493 
   201,407 
   112,863 
     16,734 
     18,683 
   421,180 

      86,041 
      126,712 
 1,166,289 
      704,143 
        16,568 
        32,136 
 2,553,069 

      147,778 
    305,405 
        9,353 
        2,139 
    133,662 
      22,500 
    620,837 

    977,721 
    112,271 
     41,174 
   271,558 

             - 

             - 

         69,642 

     69,388 

       13,549 
       140,723 
       794,762 

         53,292 
        (26,813) 
        (13,831) 
    1,031,324 

     13,803 
   100,013 
   673,254 

    57,224 
    (30,465) 
      (1,802) 
   881,415 

      (342,206) 
       689,118 
$     2,588,814 

$ 

    (351,907) 
   529,508 
 2,553,069 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

   2008 

   2007 

 2006 

For the years ended April 30  

Revenue 

$

  1,673,734 

$ 

1,234,641 

$ 

1,043,932 

Costs and Expenses 
Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Amortization of intangibles 
Total Costs and Expenses 

Operating Income 

Interest income and other, net 
Interest expense 

Net Interest Expense and Other 

Income Before Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 

    536,852 
    874,912 
     38,980 
 1,450,744 

    222,990 

       5,351 
     (66,813) 
     (61,462) 

    161,528 
     13,992 

   393,546 
  659,116 
    20,675 
1,073,337 

   161,304 

     4,386 
    (26,188) 
     (21,802) 

   139,502 
     39,883 

Net Income 

Income Per Share 
Diluted 
Basic 

Cash Dividends Per Share 
Class A Common 
Class B Common 

Average Shares 
Diluted  
Basic 

$

$

$

    147,536 

$ 

    99,619 

     2.49 
     2.55 

     0.44 
     0.44 

$ 

$ 

     1.71 
     1.75 

     0.40 
     0.40 

     59,323 
     57,921 

    58,287 
    56,932 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

   331,851 
   545,904 
    13,498 
  891,253 

  152,679 

     1,125 
      (9,960) 
      (8,835) 

   143,844 
     33,516 

   110,328 

    1.85 
    1.90 

     0.36 
     0.36 

    59,792 
    58,071 

-49-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 

Dollars in thousands  

For the years ended April 30  

   2008 

  2007 

2006 

Operating Activities 

Net Income 
Noncash Items 

  Amortization of intangibles 
  Amortization of composition costs 

  Depreciation of property, equipment and technology 
  Stock-based compensation (net of tax) 

  Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation 
  Non-cash tax benefits 

  Reserves for returns, doubtful accounts, and obsolescence 
  Deferred income taxes 

  Pension expense 
  Earned royalty advances and other 

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities 

Increase/(Decrease), excluding acquisitions 
  Accounts receivable 
  Net taxes payable 

Inventories 

  Deferred revenue 
  Other accrued liabilities 
  Accounts and royalties payable 
  Pension contributions 
  Other  

    Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 

  Additions to product development assets 
  Additions to property, equipment and technology 
  Blackwell acquisition, net of cash acquired 
  Acquisition of other publishing businesses, assets and rights 
  Sale of marketable securities 

    Cash Used for Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 

  Repayment of long-term debt 
  Borrowings of long-term debt 
  Purchase of treasury stock 
  Change in book overdrafts 
  Debt financing costs 
  Cash dividends 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other 
  Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements 

    Cash (Used for)/Provided by Financing Activities 

  Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

(Decrease)/Increase for year 
  Balance at beginning of year 

  Balance at end of year 

Cash paid During the Year for 

Interest 
Income taxes, net 

$ 

    147,536 

$ 

     99,619   $ 

  110,328  

     38,980 
     43,613 

     33,330 
     17,475 

      (11,223) 
      (18,663) 

         6,419 
       10,784 

       22,894 
       58,100 

      (20,007) 
      20,311 
     (10,038) 
      10,277 
     (10,838) 
        4,421 
     (59,360) 
       (3,876) 
   280,135 

   (113,069) 
     (50,315) 
               - 
       (6,802) 
              - 
   (170,186) 

(1,049,360) 
   891,476 
       (3,679) 
     36,253 
              - 
     (25,613) 
     15,190 
     11,223 
   (124,510) 
       2,379 

      20,676 
      38,722 

      28,926 
      12,559 

       (4,455) 
       (5,468) 

        6,931 
        3,604 

      16,710 
      40,661 

       1,167  
          (956) 
      (4,060) 
    (15,872) 
    11,543  
    (22,465) 
       (8,338) 
       1,090  
   220,594  

    (76,225) 
    (31,445) 
  (953,197) 
     (19,712) 
     42,334  
(1,038,245) 

   (620,678) 
1,458,400  
       (7,278) 
       6,754 
       (8,315) 
     (22,839) 
       6,462  
       4,455  
   816,961  
       2,437  

    13,498  
    36,473  

    32,031  
      4,854  

             -  
   (14,252) 

   12,961 
     5,009  

   15,469  
   21,990  

   (20,519) 
     8,422 
   (12,111) 
        390  
      9,834  
    26,443  
     (7,043) 
     (1,135) 
  242,642  

   (70,921) 
   (21,355) 
             -  
   (31,354) 
   10,000  
 (113,630) 

 (336,298) 
 303,754  
 (108,867) 
     (7,514) 
             -  
   (21,103) 
     5,173  
              - 
 (164,855) 
       (315) 

     (12,182) 
     71,493 

        1,747 
      69,746 

   (36,158) 
  105,904  

$ 

     59,311 

$ 

      71,493 

$ 

    69,746  

$ 
$ 

     69,071 
     24,679 

$ 
$ 

      12,294 
      40,422 

$ 
$ 

      8,001  
    33,829  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-50-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A 

Common 
Stock 
Class B 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury  
Stock 

Unearned 
Deferred 
Comp- 
ensation 

Accumulated 
Other Comp- 
rehensive 
Income 
 (Loss) 

Total 
Share- 
holder’s 
Equity 

Balance at May 1, 2005 

$68,984 

$14,207 

$55,478 

$507,249 

$(248,252) 

$(3,074) 

$1,982 

$396,574 

Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans 
Purchase of Treasury Shares 
Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes 
Class A Common Stock Dividends  
Class B Common Stock Dividends 
Other 
Comprehensive Income: 
Net income 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Minimum liability pension adjustments, net of 
    a $5,547 tax charge 
Total Comprehensive Income 

51 

(51) 

6,795 

7,314 

2,348 
(108,867) 
3,202 

(17,252) 
(3,851) 

110,328 

     (438) 

9,143 
(108,867) 
10,516 
(17,252) 
(3,851) 
(438) 

110,328 
(2,791) 

8,478 
116,015 

(2,791) 

8,478 

Balance at May 1, 2006 

$69,035 

$14,156 

$69,587 

$596,474 

$(351,569) 

$(3,512) 

$7,669 

$401,840 

Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans 
Purchase of Treasury Shares 
Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  
Stock-based compensation expense 
Class A Common Stock Dividends  
Class B Common Stock Dividends  
Other 
Adoption of FASB Statement No. 158, net of a 
    $6,025 tax benefit  
Comprehensive Income: 
Net income 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unamortized pension and retiree medical, net 

of a $3,217 tax benefit 

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of a 
    $1,086 tax benefit 

Total Comprehensive Income 

8,149  

5,663  
20,126  

(18,806) 
(4,033) 

2,976  
(7,278) 
3,964  

353  

(353) 

(3,512) 

3,512  

99,619  

11,125  
(7,278) 
9,627  
20,126  
(18,806) 
(4,033) 

(8,078) 

       (8,078) 

31,484  

99,619  
31,484  

(4,316) 

(4,316) 

(1,802) 

(1,802) 
124,985  

Balance at April 30, 2007 

$69,388 

$13,803 

$100,013 

$673,254 

$(351,907) 

                   $ - 

               $24,957 

   $529,508 

Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans 
Purchase of Treasury Shares 
Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  
Stock-based compensation expense 
Class A Common Stock Dividends  
Class B Common Stock Dividends  
Other 
Adoption of FIN 48, tax liability adjustment 
Comprehensive Income: 
Net income 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unamortized pension and retiree medical, net 

of a $ 1,848 tax benefit 

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of a 
   $7,248 tax benefit 
Total Comprehensive Income 

254 

(254) 

(2,665) 

15,334 
28,041 

3,590 
(3,679) 
9,790 

(21,263) 
(4,350) 

(415) 

147,536 

            925 
       (3,679) 
       25,124 
       28,041 
     (21,263) 
       (4,350) 

          (415) 

    147,536 
       (3,932) 

                 (3,932) 

                   3,652 

         3,652 

               (12,029) 

     (12,029) 
     135,227 

Balance at April 30, 2008 

$69,642 

$13,549 

$140,723 

$794,762 

($342,206) 

                   $-- 

               $12,648 

  $689,118 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

-51-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 – Description of Business 

The  Company,  founded  in  1807,  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  New  York  on  January  15,  1904.  (As  used 
herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless 
the context indicates otherwise). 

The Company is a global publisher of print and electronic products, providing content to customers worldwide.  
Core  businesses  include  professional  and  consumer  books  and  subscription  products;  scientific,  technical, 
medical  and  scholarly  journals,  encyclopedias,  books,  and  online  products;  and  educational  materials  for 
undergraduate  and  graduate  students  and  lifelong  learners.  The  Company  has  publishing,  marketing,  and 
distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:    The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company. 
Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  at  least  a  20%,  but  less  than  a  majority  interest,  are 
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  less 
than a 20% ownership and in which it does not exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost 
method  of  accounting.  All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in 
consolidation.   

In  connection  with  the  integration  of  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  Blackwell  Publishing  (Holdings)  Ltd. 
(“Blackwell”)  on  February  2,  2007,  the  Company  made  various  reclassifications  within  the  Condensed 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  which  mainly  consisted  of  a  realignment  of  the  reporting  of  journal 
distribution costs  from  cost  of  sales  to  operating  and  administrative  costs.    The  reclassification  of  these costs 
resulted in reductions of cost of sales of $16.5 million and $10.5 million, for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2007 
and 2006 respectively, with corresponding increases to operating and administrative costs for those periods.   

Under  the  Company’s  cash  management  system,  a  book  overdraft  balance  exists  for  the  Company’s  primary 
disbursement accounts. This overdraft represents uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in the related 
bank accounts. The Company’s funds are transferred from existing bank account balances or from lines of credit 
on an as-needed basis to pay for clearing checks.  As of April 30, 2007, book overdrafts, which were previously 
reported  in  Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents,  of  $15.7  million,  have  now  been  reclassified  into  Accounts  and 
Royalties  Payable  in  the  Condensed  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  to  conform  to  the  current 
presentation.    As  of  April  30,  2008,  $52.0  million  of  book  overdrafts  were  included  in  Accounts  and  Royalties 
Payable.  

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the 
date  of  the  financial  statements  and  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Revenue  Recognition:    In  accordance  with  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  104,  “Revenue  Recognition  in 
Financial  Statements,”  the  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence that an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;  

-52-

 
 
the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above 
criteria  have  been  met,  revenue  is  principally  recognized  upon  shipment  of  products  or  when  services  have 
been  rendered.    Subscription  revenue  is  generally  collected  in  advance.    The  prepayment  is  deferred  and 
recognized  as  earned  when  the  related  issue  is  shipped  or  made  available  online  over  the  term  of  the 
subscription.  Where a product has been sold with multiple deliverables the Company follows EITF No. 00-21 
“Accounting  for  Revenue  Relationships  with  Multiple  Deliverables”  to  determine  the  timing  of  revenue 
recognition.  Collectability is evaluated based on the amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the 
status  of  the  customer’s  account  with  the  Company.    Revenue  is  reported  net  of  any  amounts  billed  to 
customers for taxes which are remitted to government authorities. 

Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 
or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging  of  the  accounts  receivable  balances,  the  historical  write-off  experience,  and  a  credit  evaluation  of  a 
customer.    A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated  allowance.  The 
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  accounts  receivable  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated  balance  sheets  and  amounted  to  $8.0  million  and  $11.2  million  at  April  30,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively. 

Sales Return Reserves:  The process which the Company uses to determine its sales returns and the related 
reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an estimated return rate to current year sales.  
This rate is based upon an analysis of actual historical return experience in the various markets and geographic 
regions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.    The  Company  collects,  maintains  and  analyzes  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.    This  allows  the  Company  to 
make reasonable estimates of the amount of future returns.  All available data is utilized to identify the returns 
by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns apply.  This enables management to track the returns in 
detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective of being able to make the 
most informed judgments possible in setting reserve rates.   Sales return reserves, net of estimated inventory 
and royalty costs, are reported as a reduction of accounts receivable in the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position and amounted to $55.5 million and $56.1 million at April 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence:  A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of 
damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by 
title;  current  market  conditions,  including  estimates  of  customer  demand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The 
inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  the  inventory  balance  in  the  Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position and amounted to $35.4 million and $32.2 million as of April 30, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively. 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based  on  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  such  items,  including  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets.  Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and  expected  tax  basis  of  assets  acquired.  For  major  acquisitions,  the  Company  may  use  an  independent 
appraiser to confirm the reasonableness of such estimates. 

-53-

 
Inventories:    Inventories  are  stated  at  cost  or  market,  whichever  is  lower.  U.S.  book  inventories  aggregating 
$73.9  million  and  $73.9  million  at  April  30,  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  are  valued  using  the  last-in,  first-out 
(LIFO) method.  All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. 

Product Development Assets:  Product development assets consist of composition costs and royalty advances 
to authors. Costs associated with developing any publication are expensed until the product is determined to be 
commercially viable. Composition costs, primarily representing the costs incurred to bring an edited commercial 
manuscript  to  publication  including  typesetting,  proofreading,  design  and  illustration,  etc.,  are  capitalized  and 
generally amortized on a double-declining basis over estimated useful lives, ranging from 1 to 3 years. Royalty 
advances  to  authors  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  recovered  as  royalties  earned  by  the  authors 
based  on  sales  of  the  published  works.    Author  advances  are  periodically  reviewed  for  recoverability  and  a 
reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate. 

Advertising Expense:  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  The Company incurred $34.1 million, $39.8 
million and $36.9 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Property, Equipment and Technology:  Property, equipment and technology is recorded at cost.  Major renewals 
and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the 
application  development  stage  and  expensed  as 
the  preliminary  project  and  post-
implementation stages.  Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and 
services,  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  the  software 
project.  Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software generally 3 to 5 years.  
Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred. 

incurred  during 

Buildings,  leasehold  improvements,  and  capital  leases  are  amortized  over  the  lesser  of  the  estimated  useful 
lives of the assets up to 40 years, or over the duration of the lease, using the straight-line method. Furniture and 
fixtures are depreciated principally on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 
years. Computer equipment is amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 5 
years. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:  Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of 
the  net  assets  of  the  business  acquired.  Other  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  brands,  trademarks, 
acquired publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements.  Goodwill and indefinite-lived 
intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment, or more often if events or 
circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair market value of a reporting unit, or intangible 
asset, below its’ carrying amount.  The Company evaluates the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets 
by comparing the fair value of the intangible asset to the carrying value.  For goodwill impairment, the Company 
uses  a  two-step  impairment  test  approach  at  the  reporting  unit  level.    In  the  first  step  the  fair  value  for  the 
reporting unit is compared to its book value including goodwill.  In the case that the fair value of the reporting 
unit  is  less  than  the  book  value,  a  second  step  is  performed  which  compares  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit’s goodwill to the book value of the goodwill. The fair value for the goodwill is determined based on 
the difference between the fair values of the reporting units and the net fair values of the identifiable assets and 
liabilities  of  such  reporting  units.  If  the  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  less  than  the  book  value,  the  difference  is 
recognized as impairment. 

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives and management evaluates the estimated life 
in  accordance  with  SFAS  142.    The  most  significant  factors  in  determining  the  life  of  these  intangibles  is  the 

-54-

 
history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  or  titles  acquired,  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  
Acquired  publishing  rights that  have  an indefinite  life are  typically  characterized  by  intellectual  property  with  a 
long and well-established revenue stream resulting from strong and well-established imprint/brand recognition in 
the market. 

Acquired publication rights, trademarks, customer relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a 
straight-line  basis  over  periods  ranging  from  5  to  40  years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the 
terms of the individual agreement. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Depreciable and amortizable assets are only evaluated for impairment upon a 
significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of 
the undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on 
discounted future cash flows. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments:  The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest 
rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and  liability  commitments,  and  anticipated 
transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases.  The Company accounts for its derivative instruments 
in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended. 
Accordingly, all derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that 
are  not  determined  to  be  effective  hedges  are  adjusted  to  fair  value  with  a  corresponding  effect  on  earnings.  
The Company does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.   

Foreign  Currency  Gains/Losses:    The  Company  translates  the  results  of  operations  of  its  international 
subsidiaries using average exchange rates during each period, whereas balance sheet accounts are translated 
using exchange rates at the end of each period.  Currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component 
of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  shareholders’  equity,  while  foreign  denominated 
transactions  are  revalued  monthly  and  recorded  in  operating  and  administrative  expenses.    Included  in 
operating  and  administrative  expenses  were  net  foreign  exchange  transaction  losses  of  approximately  $2.7 
million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million in fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. 

Shared-Based  Compensation:    The  Company  adopted  SFAS  123R  on  May  1,  2006,  the  beginning  of  the 
Company’s  2007  fiscal  year.    SFAS  123R  requires  that  companies  recognize  share-based  compensation  to 
employees in the Statement of Income based on the fair value of the share-based awards. 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation using the “intrinsic 
value”  method  prescribed  in  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,  “Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to 
Employees”  (“APB  25”),  and  using  the  disclosure-only  provisions  of  SFAS  123,  as  amended  by  SFAS  148.  
Under this approach, the value of restricted stock awards was expensed over their requisite service periods and 
the imputed cost of stock options were disclosed only in footnotes to the financial statements. 

The Company uses the modified prospective approach allowed under SFAS 123  Under this approach, awards 
that are granted, modified or settled after May 1, 2006 are measured and expensed in accordance with SFAS 
123R.  Unvested awards that were granted prior to May 1, 2006 are expensed and recognized in the Company’s 
results of operations, prospectively. No previous periods are restated.     

The adoption of SFAS 123R resulted in the recognition of an incremental share-based compensation expense 
of  $11.3  million  ($7.0  million  after  taxes)  for  the  twelve  months  ended  April  30,  2007,  which  is  reflected  in 
operating and administrative expenses.  For periods prior to fiscal year 2007, the adoption of SFAS 123R, this 
portion of stock-based compensation was reflected in the Company’s disclosures, but was not recognized in the 
consolidated  income  statements.    For  comparative  purposes,  the  following  adjusted  net  income  and  earnings 
-55-

 
per share reflect the amounts which have been reported in the income statement for the twelve months ended 
April 30, 2008 and 2007, and the amounts which would have been reported in the income statement for 2006, if 
the provisions of SFAS 123R were in effect at that time.  

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

        2008 

  2007 

    2006 

Net Income, as Reported  

$147,536 

    $99,619 

  $110,328 

Add: Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

 Included in Reported Net Income, Net of Taxes 

    17,475 

       12,559 

        4,854 

Deduct: Total Stock-Based Compensation Expense 
       Determined Under Fair-Value Based 
       Method for all Awards, Net of Taxes (1) 

    (17,475) 

      (12,559) 

      (10,942) 

Adjusted Net Income 

    $147,536 

     $99,619 

  $104,240 

Reported Earnings Per Share: 

Diluted  

Basic  

Adjusted Earnings Per Share: 

Diluted  

Basic  

 $2.49 

 $2.55 

  $2.49 

  $2.55 

     $1.71 

     $1.75 

      $1.85 

      $1.90 

    $1.71 

    $1.75 

      $1.74 

     $1.80 

(1)  Total  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  all  awards  presented  in  the  table  above  is  net  of  taxes  of  $10.5  million,  $7.6  million  and  $6.6 

million for the years ended April 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  SFAS  123R,  the  Company  records  share-based  compensation  as  a  charge  to 
earnings  reduced  by  the  estimated  cost  of  anticipated  forfeited  awards.    As  such,  share-based  compensation 
expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest.  Stock-based  compensation 
expense  associated  with  performance  restricted  share  awards  is  recognized  based  on  management’s  best 
estimates of the achievement of the performance goals specified in such awards and the estimated number of 
shares  that  will  be  earned.    The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior  periods  of  a  change  in  the  estimated 
number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate is recognized as an adjustment to earnings in 
the period of the revision. 

Concurrent with the adoption of SFAS 123R the Company accelerated the recognition of compensation expense 
related  to  post-adoption  awards  granted  to  near-retirement  and  retirement-eligible  employees  to  reflect 
accelerated vesting as provided in the Company’s Key Employee Stock Plan. The impact of the change was not 
significant. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value 
Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). In February 2008, the FASB issued a partial deferral of the statement’s effective 
date.  SFAS 157 provides a new single authoritative definition of fair value and provides enhanced guidance for 
measuring  the  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  requires  additional  disclosures  related  to  the  extent  to 
which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the 
effect of fair value measurements on earnings.  Included in the deferral, the FASB agreed to a one-year delay of 
the fair value measurement requirement for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities.  The Company plans to 
adopt SFAS 157 as of May 1, 2008 for assets and liabilities not subject to the deferral and as of May 1, 2009 for 
those nonfinancial assets and liabilities subject to the deferral.  The Company does not expect the May 1, 2008 
adoption for financial assets and liabilities to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements 

-56-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and is currently assessing the impact, if any, of the deferred portion of SFAS 157 on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  February 2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 159  “The  Fair  Value Option  for  Financial Assets and  Financial 
Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”).  SFAS 159 provides companies with an option to irrevocably elect to measure certain 
financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  an  instrument-by-instrument  basis  with  the  resulting 
changes  in  fair  value  recorded  in  earnings.    The  objective  of  SFAS  159  is  to  reduce  both  the  complexity  in 
accounting for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by using different measuring attributes 
for financial assets and liabilities.  The Company is required to adopt SFAS 159 as of May 1, 2008.  However, 
the  Company  does  not  expect  to  apply  the  fair  value  option  of  SFAS  159  to  any  of  its  existing  assets  and 
liabilities and therefore does not expect the standard to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  Statements  No.  141R,  Business  Combinations  (“SFAS  141R”).    SFAS 
141R  expands  the  scope  of  acquisition  accounting  to  all  transactions  under  which  control  of  a  business  is 
obtained.  Principally, SFAS 141R requires that contingent consideration as well contingent assets and liabilities 
be  recorded  at  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date  and  that  certain  transaction  and  restructuring  costs  be 
expensed.    SFAS  141R  is  effective  for  acquisitions  made  on  and  after  May  1,  2009.    While  the  Company  is 
currently assessing the impact of SFAS 141(R) on its consolidated financial statements, the Company expects 
that upon adoption of SFAS 141(R), the application of the new standard is likely to have a significant impact on 
how the Company allocates the purchase price of any future acquired businesses. 

In  March 2008,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  No. 161,  Disclosures  about  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging 
Activities  (“FAS  161”),  which  is  effective  for  the  Company  February  1,  2009.  FAS  161  requires  enhanced 
disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities to allow for a better understanding of their effects 
on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Among other things, FAS 161 requires 
disclosure of the fair values of derivative instruments and associated gains and losses in a tabular format. Since 
FAS  161  requires  only  additional  disclosures  about  the  Company’s  derivatives  and  hedging  activities,  the 
adoption of FAS 161 will not affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FSP SFAS 142-3 “Determination of the Useful Life of 
Intangible  Assets”  (“SFAS  142-3”).    SFAS  142-3  amends  the  factors  that  must  be  considered  in  developing 
renewal  or  extension  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  useful  life  over  which  to  amortize  the  cost  of  a 
recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” SFAS 142-
3  requires  an  entity  to  consider  its  own  assumptions  about  the  renewal  or  extension  of  the  term  of  the 
arrangement,  consistent  with  its  expected  use  of  the  asset.    SFAS  142-3  also  requires  several  incremental 
disclosures for renewable intangible assets.  The Company is required to adopt SFAS 142-3 as of May 1, 2009.  
The guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must be applied prospectively to 
intangible assets acquired after the effective date.  The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, on its 
consolidated financial statements.  

There have been no other new accounting pronouncements issued during fiscal year 2008 that have had, or are 
expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

-57-

 
Note 3 – Income Per Share  

A  reconciliation  of  the  shares  used  in  the  computation  of  net  income  per  share  for  the  years  ended  April  30 
follows (in thousands): 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 
Less:  Unearned Deferred Compensation Shares 

Shares Used for Basic Income Per Share 

2008 

       58,193 

        (272) 

     57,921 

Dilutive Effect of Stock Option and Other Stock Awards 

       1,402 

Shares Used for Diluted Income Per Share 

     59,323 

2007 

57,191 

(259) 

56,932 

   1,355 

58,287 

2006 

58,405 

(334) 

58,071 

1,721 

59,792 

For the years ended April 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006, options to purchase Class A Common Stock of 1,591,593, 2,587,569 and 1,007,000 
shares, respectively, have been excluded from the shares used for diluted income per share as their inclusion would have been antidilutive.  
In addition, for the year ended April 30, 2008, unearned restricted shares of 19,000 have been excluded as their inclusion would have been 
antidilutive.  No unearned restricted shares were excluded for the years ending April 30, 2007 and 2006. 

Note 4 – Acquisitions 

Fiscal Year 2008: 

The Company entered into a contract with Microsoft to develop, publish, and deliver Microsoft Official Academic 
Curriculum  (MOAC)  textbooks  and  e-learning  tools  to  the  higher  education  markets.    The  Company  recorded 
amounts due under the Microsoft agreement which were primarily allocated to acquired publication rights and 
are being amortized over the life of the contract. 

On June 21, 2007, the Company extended its rights to publish three chemical and environmental engineering 
journals.  The cost of acquired publishing rights is amortized over a 9-year period. 

-58-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2007: 

Blackwell Acquisition: 

On February 2, 2007 the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. 
(“Blackwell”)  for  $1.1  billion  (£572  million)  of  cash  plus  liabilities  assumed  less  cash  acquired.    Blackwell 
publishes  journals  and  books  for  the  academic,  research  and  professional  markets  focused  on  science, 
technology, medicine and social sciences and humanities.   

The  Company  accounted for  the  acquisition  using  the  purchase method  of  accounting  in  accordance with  the 
provisions  of  SFAS  No.  141,  “Business  Combinations”  (“SFAS  141”).    The  purchase  price  was  allocated  to 
Blackwell’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based on their fair values as of February 2, 
2007 as set forth below (in thousands): 

Current Assets 

Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

Other Noncurrent Assets 

        Total Assets Acquired 

Deferred Revenue 

Other Current Liabilities 

Noncurrent Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Other Noncurrent Liabilities 

Total Liabilities Assumed 

        Net Assets Acquired 

$       345,200 

      830,400 

      493,500 

        43,700 

$    1,712,800 

$       172,300 

      130,900 

      252,400 

        36,200 

$       591,800 

$    1,121,000 

Included  in  current  assets  above  is  $188.9  million  of  cash  acquired.    All  valuations  and  plans  related  to  the 
integration  of  the  Blackwell  acquisition  have  been  finalized  along  with  the  final  purchase  price  allocation,  as 
reflected in the above schedule. Since the preliminary purchase price allocation, adjustments made to finalize 
the allocation principally included an increase to income tax receivables  of $13.3 million with a corresponding 
decrease in Goodwill, and a decrease to intangible assets of $13.1 million as a result of the finalization of the 
asset valuations with a corresponding increase to Goodwill, net of taxes.  In addition, approximately $6.0 million 
of  additional  incremental  acquisition  related  costs  were  accrued  during  fiscal  year  2008  along  with  a  tax 
adjustment of approximately $5.6 million, both of which increased Goodwill.  The incremental acquisition costs 
consisted primarily of systems and facilities consolidations.   

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information 

The following unaudited pro forma statement of operations information gives effect to the Blackwell acquisition 
and related financing as if it had occurred at the beginning of each of the fiscal years presented. The pro forma 
information  is  presented  for  informational  purposes  only  and  is  not  indicative  of  the  results  of  operations  that 
would  have  been  achieved  if  the  acquisition  and  the  $1.35  billion  Credit  Agreement  had  taken  place  at  the 
beginning  of  each  of  the  periods  presented  nor  is  it  indicative  of  future  financial  performance.  The  pro  forma 
financial  information  for  each  of  the  periods  presented  includes  the  recurring  effect  from  the    amortization  of 

-59-

 
 
 
 
 
acquired  intangible  assets  and  the  increase  in  interest  expense  associated  with  the  Credit  Agreement.    Cost 
savings from future synergies are not reflected in the pro forma financial information. 

Blackwell Acquisition (cont’d): 

The  unaudited  pro  forma  statement  of  operations  for  the  year  ended  April 30,  2007  combines  the  historical 
results  of  Wiley  for  the  year  ended  April 30,  2007,  which  includes  post-acquisition  Blackwell  results  for  the 
period  from  February 2,  2007  to  April 30,  2007,  and  the  historical  results  of  pre-acquisition  Blackwell  for  the 
period from April 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year 
ended  April 30,  2006  combines  the  historical  results  of  Wiley  for  the  year  ended  April 30,  2006  and,  due  to 
differences in our reporting periods, the historical results of Blackwell, for the twelve months ended March 31, 
2006. 

For the Years  
Ended April 30,  

In thousands, except per share data 

2007 

           2006 

Revenue   

Net Income 

       $1,558,887  

         $1,431,958  

          $108,301  

            $116,777  

Net Income Per Common Share - Basic   

              $1.90  

             $2.01  

Net Income Per Common Share - Diluted 

 $1.86  

             $1.95  

Goodwill and Acquisition Related Intangible Assets 

Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of $493.5 million was recorded within the Blackwell segment as reported 
in  footnote  17  of  these  financial  statements.    None  of  the  goodwill  is  deductible  for  tax  purposes.    The 
acquisition  value  and  weighted  average  amortization  period  assigned  to  each  intangible  asset  class  as  of 
February 2, 2007 were as follows: 

Cost of Blackwell 

Weighted Average  Acquisition Related 
Intangible Assets 
Amortization Period  
(in thousands) 
(in years) 

Acquired Publication Rights 

                 37 

Trademarks and Trade Names 

            Indefinite 

$617,800  

  142,600 

Customer Relationships 

                 20 

              70,000 

Total 

$830,400  

The  total  amortization  expense  for  Blackwell  acquisition  related  intangible  assets  was  $22.3  million  and  $5.5 
million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  April  30,  2008  and  2007,  respectfully,  and  is  included  in  the  caption 
“Amortization  of  intangibles”  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    Estimated  future 
amortization expense related to acquisition for the next five years is $22.0 million per year. 

Identifiable  intangible  assets  –  Acquired  publication  rights  represent  the  rights  to  publish  current  and  new 
editions of journal and book titles. Acquired journal publishing rights are segregated into owned, non-owned and 
joint  owned  titles.  The  right  to  publish  a  joint  or  non-owned  journal  is  determined  based  upon  individual 
negotiated  contractual  arrangements,  typically with membership organizations  referred  to  as  “Societies” which 
specialize in the particular field or discipline. Owned journal publishing rights of approximately $476.3 million are 
expected  to  have  an  estimated  useful  life  of  40  years.    Joint  and  non-owned  journal  publishing  rights  are 
-60-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
expected  to  have  estimated  useful  lives  of  40  and  30  years,  respectively.    Trademarks  and  trade  names  are 
expected to have an indefinite life due to the fact that the Blackwell name will be used by the Company on an 
ongoing basis, the name is important to the Company’s business and it is long established and well recognized.  
Customer  relationships  are  expected  to  have  an  estimated  useful  life  of  approximately  20  years.    Book 
publishing rights are expected to have estimated useful lives of 10 to 15 years. 

The fair value of intangible assets was based on a valuation conducted by a third party specialist on behalf of 
Wiley’s  management  using  income  approach  methodologies.  The  discount  rates  used  to  determine  present 
value of net cashflows ranged from 9.5% to 15%. These discount rates were determined after consideration of 
Blackwell’s estimated weighted average cost of capital and the estimated internal rate of return specific to the 
acquisition. 

As  part  of  the  strategic  acquisition  plan,  the  Company  plans  to  reorganize  certain  functions,  cancel  certain 
contractual obligations and close duplicate facilities.  The plan encompasses the termination and relocation of 
certain employees.  Estimated costs associated with employee severance and relocation is approximately $7.9 
million.  These costs were included as a component of net assets acquired.  As of April 30, 2008 approximately 
$4.6 million of the severance costs were paid.  

Other Fiscal Year 2007 Acquisitions: 

Excluding the Blackwell acquisition, in fiscal year 2007 the Company acquired certain other businesses, assets 
and rights for $19.7 million, including acquisition costs plus liabilities assumed.  Approximately $14.1 million of 
brands, trademarks and acquired publishing rights and $6.6 million of goodwill were recorded in the aggregate.  
The brands, trademarks and acquired publishing rights are being amortized over a weighted average period of 
approximately 11 years.  The acquisitions consist primarily of the following: 

On  July  20,  2006,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  a  publisher  of  two  medical  journals.    The  cost  of 
acquisition was principally allocated to acquired publication rights and is being amortized over a 15-year period.  

On  October  18,  2006,  the  Company  acquired  an  on-line  provider  of  travel-related  content,  technology,  and 
services.    The  acquisition  cost  was  allocated  to  goodwill,  branded  trademarks  and  the  net  tangible  assets 
acquired  consisting  primarily  of  computer  software.    The  branded  trademarks  are  being  amortized  over  a  10-
year period.   

On January 24, 2007, the Company acquired the assets of a publisher of three advertising based journals.  The 
cost of acquisition was primarily allocated to acquired publication rights and is being amortized over a 10-year 
period. 

On March 20, 2007, the Company acquired the assets of a publisher of books and periodicals for faculty and 
administrators  in  higher  education.    The  cost  of  the  acquisition  was  mainly  recorded  as  acquired  publication 
rights and is being amortized over a 10-year period. 

Fiscal Year 2006:   

During  fiscal  year  2006,  the  Company  acquired  certain  businesses,  assets  and  rights  in  multiple  transactions 
aggregating  $31.4  million,  including  related  acquisition  costs  plus  liabilities  assumed.    Approximately  $26.3 
million of the aggregate purchase price was allocated to brands and trademarks and acquired publishing rights 

-61-

 
 
 
 
 
 
and  $4.9  million  to  goodwill.    The  brands,  trademarks  and  acquired  publishing  rights  will  be  amortized  over  a 
weighted average period of approximately 10 years.  The acquisitions consisted primarily of the following: 

(cid:131)  The  Company  acquired  substantially  all  the  assets  of  a  global  publisher  of  books  and  software, 
specializing  in  information  technology  business  certification  materials.    The  acquisition  cost  was 
allocated  to  brands  and  trademarks,  goodwill  and  tangible  net  assets,  which  consisted  of  accounts 
receivable, inventory, accrued royalties, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities.  The brands and 
trademarks are being amortized over a 15-year period. 

(cid:131)  The  Company  acquired  the  publishing  rights  to  a  newsletter  division  of  a  leading  publisher  of  mental 
health and addiction information.  The majority of the acquisition was recorded as acquired publication 
rights and is being amortized over a 10-year period. 

(cid:131)  The  Company  acquired  a  leading  provider  of  evidence-based  medicine  content.    The  acquisition  cost 
was  allocated  to  goodwill,  brands  and  trademarks,  customer  relationships  and  other  assets  and 
liabilities  which  consisted  of  accounts  receivable,  capitalized  software  and  deferred  subscription 
revenues.  The brands, trademarks and customer relationships are amortized over a 10-year period. 

(cid:131)  The  Company  acquired  the  publishing  rights  to  the  journal  Dialysis  &  Transplantation,  a  source  of 
nephrology  and  renal  transplantation  information  to  nephrologists,  surgeons,  internists  and  other 
physicians  and  healthcare  professionals.    The  majority  of  the  acquisition  was  recorded  as  acquired 
publication rights and is being amortized over a 10-year period. 

Note 5 - Marketable Securities 

The Company accounts for these securities as available-for-sale in accordance with SFAS No. 115 “Accounting 
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.”  As part of the Blackwell acquisition on February 2, 2007, 
the  Company  acquired  $42.3  million  in  marketable  securities  which  were  all  sold  by  the  Company  during  the 
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007.  There were no securities outstanding as of April 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

Note 6 – Inventories 

Inventories at April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Finished Goods 

Work-in-Process 

Paper, Cloth, and Other 

LIFO Reserve 

Total Inventories 

  2008 

 2007 

$103,138 

$99,958 

11,074 

8,303 

9,949 

7,094 

122,515 

117,001 

       (4,306) 

(4,138) 

  $118,209 

$112,863 

-62-

 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Composition Costs 

Royalty Advances 

Total 

2008 

2007 

$49,054 

$42,976 

46,072 

43,065 

$95,126 

$86,041 

Composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $122.8 million and $113.7 million as of April 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Note 8 - Property, Equipment and Technology 

Property, equipment and technology consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

 2008 

       2007 

Land and Land Improvements 

   $5,105 

    $4,992 

Buildings and Leasehold Improvements 

Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment 

96,302 

72,763 

88,138 

71,368 

Computer Equipment and Capitalized Software

233,682 

196,128 

Accumulated Depreciation 

Total 

407,852 

360,626 

 (262,143) 

  (233,914) 

$145,709 

$126,712 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $30.4 million and $22.3 million as of April 30, 2008 and 
2007,  respectively.    Depreciation  expense  recognized  in  2008,  2007,  and  2006  for  capitalized  software  costs 
was approximately $11.9 million, $12.0 million, and $14.4 million, respectively. 

Note 9 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment (in thousands): 

  As of April 
  30, 2007 

Acquisitions and 
Dispositions 

Foreign Translation and 
Other Adjustments 

As of April 
30, 2008 

P/T 

STM 

European 

Blackwell 

Other 

Total 

       $153,713 

           28,072 

           23,318 

         496,674 

             2,366 

       $704,143 

  $(168) 

        - 

    720 

  3,350 

    188 

$4,090 

$153,545 

   28,072 

   24,038 

  500,024 

      2,554 

$708,233 

$- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-63-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Identified intangible assets as of April 30, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (in thousands): 

                   2008 

2007 

        Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

   Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives 

Acquired Publishing Rights 

   $834,556 

$(121,924) 

$842,182 

      $(88,289) 

Brands & Trademarks 

Covenants not to Compete 

       17,209 

         3,382 

(3,436) 

(2,342) 

       17,224 

          (2,126) 

         3,383 

          (1,549) 

Customer Relationships 

       70,937 

    (4,472) 

       71,503 

             (883) 

     926,084 

 (132,174) 

     934,292 

        (92,847) 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives 

Acquired Publishing Rights  

     123,963 

            - 

     120,295 

                  - 

Brands & Trademarks 

     202,525 

           - 

     204,549 

                  - 

$1,252,572 

$(132,174) 

  $1,259,136 

      $(92,847) 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated amortization expense 
for each of the succeeding 5 fiscal years are as follows:  2009 - $38.5 million; 2010 - $36.2 million; 2011 - $34.9 
million; 2012 - $34.1 million; and 2013 - $32.3 million.   

Note 10 - Other Accrued Liabilities 

Other accrued liabilities as of April 30 consisted of the following (in thousands): 

       2008 

         2007 

Accrued Compensation and Benefits 

$59,046 

$52,869 

Accrued Interest 

Other Accrued Operating Expenses 

Total 

7,409 

70,412 

14,327 

66,466 

$136,867 

$133,662 

Note 11 - Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes for the years ending April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

      2008 

      2007 

    2006 

Current Provision(Benefit) 

  US – Federal 

International 

  State and Local 

 $9,397 

 10,088 

  2,386 

    $23,684 

  $15,663 

        9,872 

    10,809 

        2,723 

      2,035 

  Total Current Provision 

    $21,871 

    $36,279 

  $28,507 

Deferred Provision(Benefit) 

  US – Federal 

International 

  $5,183 

     $(2,409) 

        $(62) 

  (13,414) 

        6,265 

      5,054 

  State and Local 

       352 

          (252) 

           17 

  Total Deferred Provision 

  $(7,879) 

      $3,604 

    $5,009 

  Total Provision 

$13,992 

    $39,883 

  $33,516 

-64-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International and United States pretax income for the year ended April 30 was as follows (in thousands): 

International 

United States 

Total 

    2008 

    2007 

    2006 

$122,369 

  $58,165 

  $51,444 

    39,159 

    81,337 

    92,400 

$161,528 

$139,502

$143,844

The  Company’s  effective  income  tax  rate  as  a  percentage  of  pretax  income  differed  from  the  U.S.  federal 
statutory rate as shown below: 

     2008 

    2007 

   2006 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate 

  35.0% 

    35.0% 

   35.0% 

State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. 

Federal Tax Benefit 

1.2 

      1.1 

     0.9 

Taxes on Foreign Income 

(14.2) 

     (3.0) 

    (1.5) 

Deferred Tax Benefit From Tax Rate 

Change  

(11.6) 

         - 

         - 

Tax Credit on Repatriated  Foreign 

Dividends  

Tax Adjustments  

Other, Net 

- 

         - 

    (5.2) 

(1.9) 

     (3.9) 

    (4.7) 

0.2 

     (0.6) 

    (1.2) 

Effective Income Tax Rate  

      8.7% 

    28.6% 

   23.3% 

Tax  Credit  on  Repatriated  Foreign  Dividends:    During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2005,  the  Company 
elected to repatriate approximately $94 million of dividends from foreign subsidiaries under the American Jobs 
Creation  Act  (AJCA)  of  2004.    The  law  provides  for  a  favorable  one-time  tax  rate  on  dividends  from  foreign 
subsidiaries.  The tax accrued on these dividends in fiscal year 2005 was approximately $7.5 million.  Pursuant 
to guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service in May 2005, the Company recorded a tax benefit in the first 
quarter  of  fiscal  year  2006  reversing  the  accrued  tax  recorded  in  the  previous  year.    Neither  the  first  quarter 
fiscal year 2006 tax benefit nor the corresponding fourth quarter fiscal year 2005 tax accrual had a cash impact 
on the Company. 

Tax Adjustments:  In fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company reported tax benefits of $3.9 million, $5.5 
million and $6.8 million, respectively, related to the favorable resolution of certain federal, state and foreign tax 
matters with tax authorities. 

Deferred  Tax  Benefit  from  Statutory  Tax Rate  Change:   During  2008  the Company recognized  tax  benefits  in 
the  amount  of  $18.7  million  associated  with  new  tax  laws  enacted  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany  that 
reduced  the  corporate  income  tax  rate  from  30%  to  28%  and  from  39%  to  29%,  respectively.    The  benefit 
recognized  by  the  Company  reflected  the  adjustment  to  record  the  U.K.  and  Germany  related  deferred  tax 
balances at the new tax rates. 

FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”) Accounting for Uncertainty In Income Taxes:   

On May 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, 
which  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  measurement  attributes  for  financial  statement  recognition  of 
income taxes. 

-65-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upon  adoption,  the  Company  recognized  a  $0.4  million  increase  to  reserves  for  income  taxes,  with  a 
corresponding  decrease  of  $0.4  million  in  retained  earnings.    As of  April  30,  2008  and  May  1,  2007,  the  total 
amount of unrecognized tax benefits were $32.4 million and $30.4 million, respectively, of which $4.7 million and 
$4.9  million  represented  accruals  for  interest  and  penalties  that  were  recorded  as  additional  tax  expense  in 
accordance with the Company’s accounting policy.  Interest and penalties charged to tax expense in fiscal year 
2008 was $0.2 million.  Out of the balance at April 30, 2008, if recognized, the Company’s income taxes would 
be reduced by approximately $21.8 million.   

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  states  and  foreign  tax  jurisdictions.    The 
Company’s major taxing jurisdictions include the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany.  Other than 
the  Company’s  German  subsidiaries,  the  Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  by  tax 
jurisdictions for years prior to its 2005 fiscal year.  With respect to Germany, all years including fiscal year 2003 
forward remain subject to an income tax examination.  All U.S. federal tax years prior to fiscal year 2004 have 
been audited by the Internal Revenue Service and closed.  The statute of limitations for fiscal year 2004 expired 
during January 2008.  Various state and foreign tax jurisdictions are in the process of examining tax returns for 
years ranging from fiscal years 2003 to 2007.  We reasonably expect reductions in the liability for unrecognized 
tax benefits of approximately $3 million within the next twelve months as a result of finalizing agreements with 
tax authorities. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is, as follows (in 000’s $): 

Balance April 30, 2007 

Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  

Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  

Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions  

Acquisitions 

Settlements with Tax Authorities 

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations  

 Balance April 30, 2008 

         $30,406 

       524 

      373 

     (4,228) 

     5,624 

           - 

         (267) 

  $32,432 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial 
reporting purposes.  It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable 
income  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  significant  components  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at 
April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

 Net Operating Loss 

 Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts  

 Inventory 

 Accrued Expenses 

 Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits 

 Intangible and Fixed Assets 

2008 

 2007 

  $1,480 

  10,081 

  $1,035 

  16,638 

      (6,090) 

      (3,840) 

  24,218 

  17,611 

     18,795 

    29,224 

   (248,690) 

      (301,572) 

 Net Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) 

    $(200,206) 

    $(240,904) 

-66-

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company intends to continue to reinvest earnings outside the U.S. for the foreseeable future and, therefore, 
has not recognized any U.S. tax expense on foreign earnings.  At April 30, 2008, the undistributed earnings of 
international  subsidiaries  approximated  $109  million  and,  if  remitted  currently,  the  related  tax  cost  can  not  be 
reasonably determined. 

Tax benefits related to the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock held by employees amounted 
to $11.2 million, $4.5 million, and $5.8 million for fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, which reduce 
current income taxes payable.   

Note 12 - Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

At April 30,  

Revolving Credit Facility – Due 2012 

Term Loan – Due 2008 - 2013 

Other Notes Payable 

Total Debt 

Less:  Current Portion 

Total Long-Term Debt 

2008 

2007 

   $191,318 

$323,000 

 651,000 

  675,000 

          - 

     2,221 

     842,318 

  1,000,221 

  (45,000) 

      (22,500) 

   $797,318 

$977,721 

In  connection  with  the  Blackwell  acquisition,  the  Company  entered  into  a  new  Credit  Agreement with Bank  of 
America  and  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland  as  Co-Lead  Arrangers  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $1.35  billion.  The 
financing is comprised of a six-year Term Loan (Term Loan) in the amount of $675 million and a $675 million 
five-year revolving credit facility (Revolver) which can be drawn in multiple currencies. The agreement provides 
financing  to  complete  the  acquisition,  refinance  the  existing  revolving  debt  of  the  Company,  as  well  as  meet 
future seasonal operating cash requirements. The Company has the option of borrowing at the following floating 
interest rates: (i) at the rate as announced from time to time by Bank of America as its prime rate or (ii) at a rate 
based  on  the  London  Bank  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR)  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  .37%  to 
1.05%  for  the  Revolver  and  .45%  to  1.25%  for  the  Term  Loan  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
leverage  ratio,  as  defined.    In  addition,  the  Company  will  pay  a  facility  fee  ranging  from  .08%  to  .20%  on  the 
Revolver  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio,  as  defined.    The  total  of  the  applicable 
margin  and  facility  fee  at  April  30,  2008  and  2007  was  .63%  and  .85%,  respectively.    The  Term  loan  has 
quarterly mandatory principle payments ranging from zero to $33.8 million.  For the fiscal years ending April 30, 
2008 and 2007, these payments were $24.0 million and zero, respectively.  The final amount due at maturity in 
2013 is $236.3 million.  The Company has the option to request an increase of up to $250 million in the size of 
the  Revolver  in  minimum  amounts  of  $50  million.    The  Term  Loan  matures  on  February  2,  2013  and  the 
Revolver will terminate on February 2, 2012. 

Simultaneous with the execution of the new Credit Agreement, the Company terminated all of its previous credit 
agreements and paid in full amounts outstanding under those agreements by utilizing funds from the new Credit 
facility.    In  connection  with  the  early  termination  of  the  previous  credit  agreements,  the  Company  wrote  off 
approximately $0.5 million of unamortized debt origination fees in the fiscal year 2007.  

The credit agreements contain certain restrictive covenants related to Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge coverage 
ratio,  property,  equipment  and  technology  expenditures,  and  restricted  payments,  including  a  limitation  for 
dividends  paid  and  share  repurchases.    Under  the  most  restrictive  covenant,  approximately  $115  million  was 
available for such restricted payments as of April 30, 2008. 

-67-

 
 
 
 
The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  have  other  short-term  lines  of  credit  aggregating  $38  million  at  various 
interest rates.  No borrowings under the credit lines were outstanding at April 30, 2008 or 2007. 

The  Company’s  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2008  were  approximately  $1.364  billion,  of  which 
approximately  $522  million  was  unused.    The  weighted  average  interest  rates  on  long  term  debt  outstanding 
during  fiscal  years  2008  and  2007  were  6.01%  and  6.13%,  respectively.    As  of  April  30,  2008  and  2007,  the 
weighted average interest rates for the long-term debt were 5.74% and 6.36% respectively.  Based on estimates 
of interest rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of 
notes payable and long-term debt approximate the carrying value. 

Total debt maturing in each of the next five years are:  2009 – $45.0 million; 2010 – $67.5 million; 2011 – $90.0 
million; 2012 – $303.8 million and 2013 – $336.0 million. 

HEDGING ACTIVITY: 

On February 16, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, designated as a cash flow 
hedge  as  defined  under  SFAS  No.  133,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities”.    The 
hedge will fix a portion of the variable interest due on a portion of the new Term Loan. Under the terms of the 
interest rate swap, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 5.076% and will receive a variable rate of interest based 
on three month LIBOR (as defined) from the counter party which will be reset every three months for a four-year 
period  ending  February  8,  2011.  The  notional  amount  of  the  rate  swap  was  initially  $660  million  which  will 
decline through February 8, 2011, based on the expected amortization of the Term Loan.  As of April 30, 2008 
and 2007 the notional amount of this rate swap was $615 million and $660 million, respectively. 

On October 19, 2007, the Company entered into an additional interest rate swap agreement, designated by the 
Company as a cash flow hedge that will fix a portion of the variable interest due on the Revolving Credit Facility.  
Under the terms of this interest rate swap, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 4.60% and will receive a variable 
rate of interest based on three month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterpart which will be reset every three 
months for a three-year period ending August 8, 2010.  The notional amount of the rate swap is $100 million.   

It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the Term Loan and the 
Revolving Credit Facility outstanding during the life of the derivatives.   

For  the  fiscal  year  ending  April  30,  2008,  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  on  the  hedge  contracts  of 
approximately $2.2 million.   For the fiscal year ending April 30, 2007 the Company recognized a gain on the 
hedge contract of approximately $ 0.4 million.  All amounts are reflected in interest expense. At April 30, 2008 
and  2007,  the  aggregate  fair  value  of  all  interest  rate  swaps  is  a  liability  of  $27.1  million  and  $2.5  million, 
respectively, is accrued in Other Long Term Liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position with 
a corresponding charge, net of income taxes, in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.  In the event of a 
change of control, as defined, the banks have the option to terminate the agreements and require repayment of 
any amounts outstanding.   

The fair value of the interest rate swaps is an estimate at a point in time based on the terms of the agreements 
and  the  current  interest  rate  environment.    The  amount  that  will  ultimately  be  recognized  in  net  income  is 
uncertain  and  will  be  impacted  by  changes  in  the  future  interest  rate  environment.    Based  on  the  amount  in 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income at April 30, 2008, approximately $11.0 million would be reclassified 
into net income in the next twelve months. 

-68-

 
Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies 

The following schedule shows the composition of rent expense for operating leases (in thousands): 

2008 

      2007 

 2006 

Minimum Rental 

     $31,397 

  $31,142 

  $27,180 

Less: Sublease Rentals 

      (1,624) 

    (1,754) 

      (1,563) 

Total 

     $29,773 

  $29,388 

  $25,617 

Future  minimum  payments  under  operating  leases  were  $272.7  million  at  April  30,  2008.  Annual  minimum 
payments under these leases for fiscal year 2009 through 2013 are approximately $35.8 million, $33.6 million, 
and $30.4 million, $29.2 million, and $27.7 million, respectively.  Rent expense associated with operating leases 
that include scheduled rent increases and tenant incentives, such as rent holidays, are recorded on a straight-
line basis over the term of the lease. Future aggregate minimum rentals to be received under non-cancelable 
subleases were $4.0 million at April 30, 2008.   

The  Company  is  involved  in  routine  litigation  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.  In  the  opinion  of 
management,  the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  pending  litigation  will  not  have  a  material  effect  upon  the  financial 
condition or results of operations of the Company. 

Note 14 - Retirement Plans 

The  Company  and  its  principal  subsidiaries  have  contributory  and  noncontributory  retirement  plans  that  cover 
substantially all employees. The plans generally provide for employee retirement between the ages of 60 and 
65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined. 

Effective April 30, 2007, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement No. 158 
which requires employers to recognize in their balance sheets the overfunded or underfunded status of defined 
benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected 
benefit  obligation.    Accordingly,  the  Company  recognized  the  change  in  the  funded  status  of  the  plan  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income.  Statement No. 158 also requires plan assets and obligations to be 
measured as of the employers’ balance sheet date.  The measurement provision of Statement No. 158 did not 
impact the Company, as its current measurement date is April 30. 

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income that are expected to be recognized as components 
of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows (in thousands): 

Actuarial Loss 

Prior Service Cost 

Total 

Funded 

Unfunded 

Total 

$1,888 

       $573 

      $2,461 

482 

141 

623 

$2,370 

       $714 

     $3,084 

The adoption of Statement No. 158 had no effect on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for 
the year ended April 30, 2008, or for any prior period presented and does not have a material impact to any of 
the Company’s debt covenants under its various credit agreements.   

-69-

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The  Company  has  agreements  with  certain  officers  and  senior  management  that  provide  for  the  payment  of 
supplemental retirement benefits during each of the 10 years after the termination of employment. Under certain 
circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on 
a present value basis. 

Net  pension  expense  included  below  for  international  plans  amounted  to  approximately  $13.2  million,  $10.2 
million  and  $7.1  million  for  fiscal  years  2008,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.    The  components  of  net  pension 
expense for the defined benefit plans were as follows (in thousands): 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost  

2008 

  2007 

     2006 

  $19,639 

    $13,210 

  $10,998 

    22,030 

     15,408 

     11,590 

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

   (22,443) 

    (14,850) 

   (10,988) 

Net Amortization of Prior Service 
Cost and Transition Asset 

       608 

        742 

           625 

Curtailments/Settlements 

       123 

                - 

               - 

Recognized Net Actuarial Loss 

       2,937 

         2,200 

        3,244 

Net Pension Expense 

   $22,894 

     $16,710 

 $15,469 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net pension expense for the years ended April 30 were 
as follows: 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase  

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

       2008 

  2007 

  2006 

5.7%

4.6%

7.6%

5.8% 

4.1% 

8.2% 

5.6% 

3.8% 

8.4% 

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement 
plans  with  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $279.9  million,  $256.2  million,  and 
$195.8  million,  respectively,  as  of  April  30,  2008,  and  $267.3  million,  $248.7  million  and  $170.3  million, 
respectively, as of April 30, 2007. 

-70-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of the plans’ assets and benefit obligations.  The 
unfunded plans relate primarily to a non-U.S. subsidiary, which is governed by local statutory requirements, and 
the domestic supplemental retirement plans for certain officers and senior management personnel. 

Dollars in thousands 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 

2008 

2007 

Funded 

       Unfunded 

Funded 

Unfunded 

Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year 

  $       273,346 

$                 - 

   $      154,149 

   $                 - 

Actual Return on Plan Assets 

Blackwell Acquisition 

Curtailments/Settlements 

Employer Contributions 

Employees’ Contributions 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

    1,052 

            - 

      (1,403) 

    57,218 

      2,891 

 (10,180) 

    (1,211) 

     - 

     - 

     - 

2,142 

    - 

(2,142) 

     - 

           16,727 

89,639 

       - 

  6,484 

  1,491 

(5,781) 

10,637 

              - 

              - 

              - 

        1,854 

        (1,854) 

                - 

Fair Value, End of Year 

   $      321,713 

  $                 - 

   $      273,346 

   $                 - 

CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year 

$      (336,457) 

  $       (51,041) 

  $      (190,565) 

   $      (41,974) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employees’ Contributions 

Amendments and Other 

Actuarial Gain (Loss) 

Benefits Paid 

Blackwell Acquisition 

Curtailments/Settlements 

          (17,429) 

          (19,095) 

            (2,891) 

           - 

           23,706 

           10,180 

          - 

             1,403 

(2,210) 

(2,935) 

     - 

   (514) 

   (252) 

2,142 

   - 

 297 

          (11,077) 

        (2,133) 

(12,957) 

  (1,491) 

        - 

  3,039 

  5,781 

        (2,451) 

                - 

         (1,634) 

          (2,639) 

          1,854 

        (114,284) 

             - 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

   1,057 

           (3,008) 

          (14,903) 

        (2,064) 

Benefit Obligation, End of Year 

  $      (339,526) 

  $       (57,521) 

   $     (336,457) 

$       (51,041) 

Funded Status 

$        (17,813) 

$       (57,521) 

 $       (63,111) 

   $       (51,041) 

  Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Position: 

  Deferred Pension Asset 

  Current Pension Liability 

  Noncurrent Pension Liability 

  $           9,920 

  $                 - 

 $              257 

 $                - 

                       - 

           (2,499) 

        - 

          (2,139) 

    (27,733) 

         (55,022) 

            (63,369) 

        (48,902) 

 Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position 

  $        (17,813) 

  $       (57,521) 

   $       (63,112) 

   $       (51,041) 

  AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER 
         COMPREHENSIVE INCOME CONSIST OF (before tax) 

  Net Actuarial Loss  

  Prior Service Cost  

  $        (32,340) 

  $         (6,017) 

  $        (36,846) 

   $         (6,493) 

              (2,373) 

             (1,528) 

 (2,808) 

          (1,719) 

  Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

  $        (34,713) 

  $         (7,545) 

  $        (39,654) 

   $         (8,212) 

(Decrease)/Increase in Accumulated other Comprehensive  

  $           4,941 

  $             667 

  $        (14,095) 

   $         (6,919) 

Income 

  WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN 
          DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES  

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase 

      6.4% 

      4.4% 

6.1% 

4.0% 

                5.7% 

 4.7% 

          5.6% 

          3 8% 

Accumulated Benefit Obligations 

  $     (306,011) 

  $       (49,600) 

   $     (291,460) 

   $       (44,982) 

-71-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basis for determining discount rate:   

The discount rates for the United States and Canadian pension plans were based on the derivation of a single-
equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of plan liabilities as of April 30, 2008.  
The  spot  rate  curve  used  is  based  upon  a  portfolio  of  Moody’s-rated  Aa3  (or  higher)  corporate  bonds.    The 
discount  rates  for  the  other  international  plans  were  based  on  similar  published  indices  with  durations 
comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities. 

Basis for determining the expected asset return: 

The expected long-term rates of return were estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and 
bonds  applied  to  each  plan’s  target  asset  allocation.    Expected  returns  are  estimated  by  asset  class  and 
represent the sum of expected rates of return plus anticipated inflation.  The expected long-term rates are then 
compared  to  actual  historic  investment  performance  of  the  plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and 
evaluated through consultation with investment advisors and actuaries. 

The  table  below  represents  the  asset  mix  of  the  investment  portfolio  of  the  post-retirement  benefit  plan  as  of 
April 30: 

Percentage of    
Plan Assets 

Asset Category 

   2008 

   2007

Equities 

Debt Securities and Cash 

Real Estate 

Other 

Total 

51% 

46% 

3% 

0% 

61%

33%

4%

2%

100% 

100%

The  investment  guidelines  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  established  based  upon  an  evaluation  of 
market conditions and tolerance for risk.  The investment objective is to ensure that funds are available to meet 
the plan’s benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to prudently invest in high quality 
diversified  securities  to  achieve  our  long-term  expectation.    The  plans’  risk  management  practices  provide 
guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset  concentration,  credit  rating  and  liquidity.  
Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a target allocation of approximately 49% equity securities, 45% 
fixed income securities and cash, and 6% real estate. Due to volatility in the market, the target allocation is not 
always desirable and asset allocations will fluctuate between acceptable ranges. 

Expected employer contributions in fiscal year 2009 to the defined benefit pension plans will be approximately 
$10.0 million, including $8.7 million of minimum amounts required for the Company’s international plans. From 
time to time, the Company may elect to make voluntary contributions to its defined benefit plans to improve their 
funded status. 

Expected benefit payments from all plans are expected to approximate $11.8 million in fiscal year 2009, $12.6 
million  in  fiscal  year  2010,  $13.6  million  in  fiscal  year  2011,  $14.3  million  in  fiscal  year  2012,  $15.6  million  in 
fiscal year 2013, and $109.1 million for fiscal years 2014 through 2018. 

The Company provides contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations 
for  substantially  all  of  its  retired  U.S.  employees.  The  cost  of  such  benefits  is  expensed  over  the  years  the 

-72-

 
 
 
 
employee  renders  service  and  is  not  funded  in  advance.    The  accumulated  post-retirement  benefit  obligation 
recognized  in  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position  as  of  April  30,  2008  and  2007  was  $2.5  million  and  $2.1 
million, respectively.  Annual expenses for these plans for the fiscal years ending April 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
were $0.3 million.   

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  savings  plans.  The  Company  contribution  is  based  on  employee 
contributions  and  the  level  of  Company  match.  The  expense  for  these  plans  amounted  to  approximately  $6.3 
million, $5.4 million, and $4.8 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. 

Note 15 – Share-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by security holders.  Under the Key Employee Stock Plan 
(“the  Plan”),  qualified  employees  are  eligible  to  receive  awards  that  may  include  stock  options,  performance-
based stock awards, and restricted stock awards.  Under the Plan, a maximum number of 8,000,000 shares of 
Company  Class  A  stock  may  be  issued.    As  of  April  30,  2008  there  were  4,373,388  securities  remaining 
available for future issuance under the Plan.  The Company issues treasury shares to fund stock options and 
performance-based and restricted stock awards. 

Stock Option Activity: 

Under the terms of the Company’s stock option plan the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less 
than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant.  Options are exercisable over a maximum 
period of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after 
the  award  is  granted.    Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control,  as  defined,  the  right  to 
exercise options outstanding could be accelerated. 

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value, under the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model,  for  each  option  granted  during  the  periods  and  the  significant  weighted  average  assumptions  used  in 
their determination.  The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options are outstanding 
based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  the  employees.    The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the 
corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.  Similarly, the volatility is estimated 
based on the expected volatility over the estimated life, while the dividend yield is based on expected dividend 
payments to be made by the Company.  

Expected Life of Options (years) 

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

Expected Volatility 

Expected Dividend Yield 

7.7   

5.1% 

   27.3% 

0.9% 

  For the Twelve Months  
Ending April 30, 

     2008 

   2007 

  2006 

8.0 

         3.9% 

7.8 

5.2%

29.1%

       27.1% 

1.2%

         0.9% 

Per Share Fair Value of Options Granted 

   $18.42 

  $12.65 

    $13.61 

-73-

 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the activity and status of the Company’s stock option plans was as follows: 

Stock Options 

Options 
(in thousands) 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term  
(in years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Average 
Intrinsic 
Value  
(in millions) 

Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Outstanding at Beginning of Year 

6,216 

  $27.37 

          6,084 

$25.95 

   5,563 

       $22.77 

Granted 

Exercised 

Expired or Forfeited 

627 

    $48.46 

(1,001) 

  $17.89 

(112) 

  $30.45 

Outstanding at End of Year 

5,730 

$31.27 

Exercisable at End of Year 

2,657 

  $24.40 

Vested and Expected to Vest in 
the Future at April 30, 2008 

5,668 

    $31.27 

5.7 

3.8 

5.7 

$86.2 

$57.5 

$85.3 

640 

        $33.05 

1,014 

         $38.55 

(462) 

$16.30 

(449) 

       $14.70 

(46) 

      $30.52 

(44) 

       $28.14 

6,216 

      $27.37 

6,084 

         $25.95 

2,801 

$21.20 

2,460 

         $19.09 

The intrinsic value is the difference between the Company’s common stock price and the option exercise price. 
Total intrinsic value of options exercised during the twelve months ended April 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were 
$25.3  million,  $10.0  million  and  $11.2  million,  respectively.      The  Average  Intrinsic  Value  in  the  table  above 
represents the value to option holders on all options outstanding as of April 30, 2008. 

As  of  April  30,  2008,  there  was  $16.7  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to 
stock  options,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  up  to  5  years,  or  2.2  years  on  a  weighted 
average basis. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2008: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range of  
Exercise Prices 

Number of 
Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining Term 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Number of 
Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

$13.75 to $14.59 

            99 

0.4 years 

$14.55 

$17.25 to $20.54 

 73 

3.1 years 

$19.39 

$20.56 to $23.40 

          610 

2.4 years 

$22.30 

  99 

  73 

610 

$23.56 to $25.32 

       1,798 

4.2 years 

$24.87 

       1,613 

$31.89 to $38.78 

       2,523 

7.0 years 

$34.73 

$48.46 to $48.46 

          627 

9.2 years 

$48.46 

262 

   - 

Total 

       5,730 

5.7 years 

$31.27 

       2,657 

$14.55 

$19.39 

$22.30 

$24.82 

$31.89 

        - 

$24.40 

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  plans,  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  three-year 
financial  performance-based  targets,  awards  are  payable  in  restricted  shares  of  the  Company’s  Class  A 
common stock. During each three-year period the Company adjusts compensation expense based upon its best 
estimate  of  expected  performance.    The  restricted  performance  shares  vest  50%  on  the  first  and  second 
anniversary date after the award is earned. 

-74-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company may also grant restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to key employees in 
connection with their employment.  The restricted shares generally vest 50% at the end of the fourth and fifth 
years following the date of the grant. 

Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control  or  termination,  as  defined,  the  restrictions  would 
lapse and shares would vest earlier.   

Activity for restricted stock awards during the fiscal years ended April 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was as follows 
(shares in thousands):  

2008 

2007 

2006 

Restricted 
Shares 

Weighted Average 
Grant Date Value 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Nonvested Shares at 

Beginning of Year 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested Shares at  
End of Year 

    814 

    518 

$32.56 

$43.09 

609 

372 

524 

 213 

         (224) 

            $28.72 

        (161) 

        (124) 

    (12) 

            $38.77 

            (6) 

            (4) 

1,096 

$38.25 

         814 

         609 

As  of  April  30,  2008,  there  was  $20.4  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  cost  related  to 
restricted  stock  awards,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  up  to  5  years,  or  2.7  years  on  a 
weighted  average  basis.      Compensation  expense  for  restricted  stock  awards  is  computed  using  the  closing 
market price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at the date of grant.  Total grant date value of shares 
vested  during  the  fiscal  years  ended  April  30,  2008,  2007  and  2006  was  $6.4  million,  $4.1  million  and  $3.1 
million, respectively.  

Director Stock Awards: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  Director  Stock  Plan  (the  “Director  Plan”),  each  non-employee  director 
receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director fee, based 
on the stock price on the date of grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the 
non-employee  director  remains  a  director.    There  were  7,680,  6,642  and  7,608  shares  awarded  under  the 
Director Plan for the fiscal years ending April 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Note 16 - Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. 
The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B 
stock are entitled to elect the remainder.  On all other matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one 
tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

Under the Company’s current stock repurchase program, up to four million shares of its Class A Common Stock 
may be purchased from time to time in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions.  During 
fiscal  year  2008,  the  Company  repurchased  100,000  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $36.79  per  share.    As  of 
April  30,  2008,  the  Company  has  authorization  from  its  Board  of  Directors  to  purchase  up  to  approximately 
1,805,030 additional shares. 

-75-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
           
 
 
Note 17 - Segment Information 

The Company is a global publisher of print and electronic products, providing content and services to customers 
worldwide.  Core  businesses  include  professional  and  consumer  books  and  subscription  services;  scientific, 
technical  and  medical  journals,  encyclopedias,  books,  and  online  products  and  services;  and  educational 
materials for advanced placement, undergraduate, and graduate students, teachers and lifelong learners.  The 
Company has publishing, marketing, and distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and 
Australia.  The Company’s reportable segments are based on the management reporting structure, which is also 
used  to  evaluate  performance.    Other  segments  include  the  Company’s  businesses  in  Asia,  Australia  and 
Canada.  

In  connection  with  the  integration  of  Wiley  and  Blackwell,  the  Company  realigned  the  reporting  of  certain 
accounts  within  its  segment  reporting  as  follows:    Journal  distribution  and  fulfillment  costs  were  moved  from 
Direct  Contribution  to  Profit  to  Shared  Services  –  Distribution  and  certain  operation  incentive  compensation 
costs were moved from Shared Services – Other Administrative to Direct Contribution to Profit.  In addition, the 
management  responsibility  and  reporting  of  certain  P/T  and  STM  product  lines  were  realigned  as  of  May  1, 
2007.  Prior year results have been restated for comparative purposes.   

 Segment information is as follows (in millions):   

U.S. Segments 

2008 

(a) 

P/T 

STM 

Higher 
Education

Total 
 U.S. 

European 
Segment 

Blackwell 
Segment 

 Other 
Segments 

  Eliminations 
& Corporate 
Items 

Revenue 

External Customers 

 $352.3 

Inter-Segment Sales 

      42.9 

Total Revenue 

$395.2 

$225.3 

      9.8 

$235.1 

 $135.8 

    28.9 

$164.7 

 $713.4 

  $322.6 

   $485.2 

  $152.5 

       81.6 

     25.7 

  $795.0 

$348.3 

          - 

  $485.2 

      2.5 

$155.0 

    $- 

(109.8) 

  (109.8) 

   Total 

 $1,673.7 

            - 

 $1,673.7 

Direct Contribution  

   to Profit 

  $110.9 

$114.2 

  $44.3 

  $269.4 

$121.9 

  $170.2 

  $34.5 

      $- 

    $596.0 

Shared Services  
      and Admin. Costs  

Operating Income 

Interest Expense and         

Other, Net 

Income Before Taxes 

    (373.0) 

      223.0 

        (61.5) 

     $161.5 

Total Assets 

  $468.7 

$100.8 

    $112.6 

   $682.1 

$442.2 

 $1,420.1 

     $90.2 

 $(45.8) 

$2,588.8 

Expenditures for Other  
      Long-Lived Assets 

    $37.8 

 $12.9 

  $12.9 

    $63.6 

  $19.9 

     $57.4 

    $9.0 

 $20.3 

   $170.2 

Depreciation and                

Amortization  

    $22.5 

   $6.6 

  $14.9 

    $44.0 

  $19.5 

     $29.1 

     $5.3 

 $18.0 

     $115.9 

-76-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007 

U.S. Segments 

P/T 

STM 

Higher 
Education 

Total 
 U.S. 

European 
Segment 

(a) 
Blackwell 
Segment 

 Other 
Segments 

  Eliminations 
& Corporate 
Items 

   Total 

Revenue 

External Customers 

$349.5 

$221.6 

41.0 

$390.5 

9.3 

$230.9 

$134.9 

27.6 

$162.5 

$706.0

77.9

$783.9

$292.2

$105.8

$130.6 

             $- 

         $1,234.6 

23.8

                - 

2.2 

   (103.9) 

                     - 

$316.0

$105.8

$132.8 

 $(103.9) 

          $1234.6 

Inter-Segment Sales 

Total Revenue 

Direct Contribution 

    to Profit 

Shared Services   
      and Admin. 

Costs 

Operating Income 

Interest Expense 

and  

      Other, Net 

Income Before 
Taxes 

Total Assets 

Expenditures for 
Other Long-
Lived Assets 

Depreciation and 
Amortization  

$106.5 

$115.2 

$42.6 

$264.3

$109.8

$28.9

$28.1 

              $- 

           $431.1 

          (269.8) 

             161.3 

              (21.8) 

           $139.5 

$442.7 

$77.7 

$95.1 

$615.5

$207.3

$1,485.0

$70.4 

  $152.9 

    $2,531.1  

$38.2 

$14.2 

$11.3 

$63.7

$22.0

$948.5

$5.6 

    $34.1 

        $1,073.9 

$21.6 

$6.0 

$13.6 

$41.2

$18.2

$6.8

$4.8 

     $17.3 

             $88.3 

U.S. Segments 

P/T 

STM 

Higher 
Education 

Total  
U.S. 

2006 

European 
Segment 

Blackwell 
Segment 

Other 
Segments 

  Eliminations 
& Corporate 
Items 

  Total 

Revenue 

External Customers 

$327.9 

Inter-Segment Sales 

      44.0 

Total Revenue 

  $371.9 

$203.9 

10.2 

$214.1 

$126.5 

29.7 

$156.2 

$658.3 

83.9 

$742.2 

$263.4

29.0

$292.4

  $105.8 

$108.8 

$41.7 

$256.3 

$96.8

Direct Contribution   
      to Profit 

Shared Services        
and Admin. 
Costs 

Operating Income 

Interest Expense 
     and Other, Net 

Income Before 
     Taxes 

Total Assets 

  $421.4 

$77.3 

$95.4 

$594.1 

$259.5

Expenditures for 
Other Long-
Lived Assets 

Depreciation and  
      Amortization  

    $35.8 

$14.0 

$10.0 

$59.8 

$17.7

    $19.2 

$5.3 

$15.1 

$39.6 

$16.5

$- 

- 

$- 

$- 

$- 

$- 

$- 

$122.2 

             $- 

$1,043.9 

1.8 

   (114.7) 

                 - 

$124.0 

$ (114.7) 

     $1,043.9 

$27.2 

               $- 

        $380.3 

(227.6) 

          152.7 

(8.9) 

       $143.8 

$63.7 

   $108.7 

     $1,026.0 

$6.1 

     $40.0 

        $123.6 

$3.9 

     $22.0 

          $82.0 

(a)  In  fiscal  year  2007,  the  Company  added  a  new  segment  “Blackwell”  which  includes  the  results  of  the 

Blackwell business acquired on February 2, 2007 (See Note 4). 

-77-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shared Services and Administrative Costs (in thousands): 

       2008 

       2007 

2006 

Distribution 

$110,834 

$82,975 

$70,086 

Information Technology 

Finance 

Other Administration 

95,185 

62,596 

104,376 

71,799 

37,989 

77,025 

63,836 

32,242 

61,495 

Total 

$372,991 

$269,788 

$227,659 

Intersegment sales are generally made at a fixed discount from list price.  Corporate assets primarily consist of 
cash and marketable securities, deferred tax benefits, and certain property and equipment.  Export sales from 
the  United  States  to  unaffiliated  customers amounted  to  approximately  $95.2  million,  $88.0  million,  and  $79.6 
million in fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The pretax income for consolidated operations outside 
the United States was approximately $122.4 million, $58.2 million, and $51.4 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, 
respectively. 

Worldwide revenue for the Company’s core businesses was as follows (in thousands): 

        2008 

        2007 

 2006 

Professional/Trade 

    $468,804

Scientific, Technical, and Medical 

      978,322

Higher Education 

      226,608

   $456,191

     563,305

     215,145

$435,934 

404,807 

203,191 

Total 

 $1,673,734

$1,234,641

$1,043,932 

Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived assets by geographic 
area was as follows (in thousands): 

Revenue

Long-Lived Assets

  2008 

     2007

   2006

 2008

       2007 

   2006

United States 

  $856,438 

$711,665 

$614,969

   $500,968 

   $491,488 

$472,505

United Kingdom 

    131,642 

Germany 

      91,130 

94,556 

66,333 

72,543

  1,440,538 

  1,456,956 

69,978

  61,776

     149,403 

     142,477 

137,921

Asia 

Australia 

Canada 

    209,436 

111,910 

101,207

         2,789 

         2,054 

      76,530 

      68,609 

51,068 

51,280 

44,660

       13,327 

       10,055 

46,612

         5,073 

         4,522 

  4,935

1,717

8,836

Other Countries 

    239,949 

147,829 

  102,165

                - 

         1,558 

  -

Total 

$1,673,734 

$1,234,641 

$1,043,932

$2,112,098 

$2,109,110 

$695,892

-78-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2008, 2007, AND 2006 

Schedule II 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2008 

Additions/(Deductions) 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to
Cost &  
Expenses 

From 
Acquisitions 

Deductions 
From 
Reserves 

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

  $56,148 

$93,909 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

  $11,206 

   $(638) 

     $- 

     $- 

$94,574 

$55,483 

     $2,543(2) 

  $8,025 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

  $32,244 

    $22,156 

     $- 

      $18,980 

$35,420 

Year Ended April 30, 2007 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

  $55,805 

  $102,293 

$2,069 

    $104,019 

$56,148 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

    $6,615 

  $6,421 

$1,577 

     $3,407(2) 

$11,206 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

  $30,716 

    $20,555 

$5,843 

$24,870 

  $32,244 

Year Ended April 30, 2006 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

  $56,661 

  $106,779 

$1,750 

    $109,385 

  $55,805 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

 $7,280 

  $1,698 

   $241 

     $2,604(2) 

 $6,615 

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

  $24,169 

$21,739 

$1,700 

$16,892 

  $30,716 

(1) 

(2) 

Allowance for sales returns represents anticipated returns net of inventory and royalty costs. The provision is reported as a 
reduction of gross sales to arrive at revenue and the reserve balance is reported  as a deduction of accounts receivable.  

Accounts written off, less recoveries. 

-79-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial  

   Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures:  As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was 
performed  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  management,  including  the 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the 
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange 
Act.    Based  on  that  evaluation, the  Chief  Executive Officer and  Chief Financial  Officer concluded  that  the 
Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  in  alerting  them  on  a  timely  basis  to 
information required to be included in our submissions and filings with the SEC. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:    Our  Management  is  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Rule  13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  
Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
effective as of April 30, 2008. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, 
included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting:  Except as described below, there were no changes in 
our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2008. 

As  part  of  the  acquisition  of  Blackwell  Publishing  we  are  integrating  Blackwell  finance  functions  and 
processes  into  Wiley’s  processes.    This  integration  has  and  will  result  in  business  process  changes.    We 
have enhanced the design and documentation of our internal control processes to ensure suitable controls 
over financial reporting.   

Item 9B. Other Information 

Information  on  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  contained  in  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2008 
Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the  caption  “Certain  Information  Concerning  the  Board”  and  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  corporate  governance  principles  is  contained  in  the  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2008  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the  caption  “Corporate  Governance 
Principles” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

-80-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The  name,  age  and  background  of  each  of  the  directors  nominated  for  election  are  contained  under  the 
caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and are 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under 
the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for the 2008 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Information on the audit committee financial experts is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual 
Meeting  of  Shareholders under  the caption  “Report  of  the  Audit Committee”  and  is  incorporated  herein by 
reference. 

Executive Officers 

Set forth below as of April 30, 2008 are the names and ages of all executive officers of the Company, the 
period during which they have been officers, and the offices presently held by each of them. 

Name and Age 

Officer 
Since 

Present Office 

Peter Booth Wiley 
65 

William J. Pesce 
57 

Ellis E. Cousens 
56 

Stephen A. Kippur 
61 

William Arlington 
59 

Timothy B. King 
68 

Bonnie E. Lieberman 
60 

2002 

  Chairman  of  the  Board  since  September  2002  and  a  Director  since 

1984. 

1989 

  President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director since May 1998.  

2001 

  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  and  Operations  Officer, 

since March 2001.  

1986 

  Executive  Vice  President;  and  President,  Professional  and  Trade 

Publishing, since July 1998. 

1990 

  Senior Vice President, Human Resources, since June 1996. 

1996 

  Senior Vice President, Planning and Development, since 1996. 

1990 

  Senior Vice President, Higher Education, since 1996. 

Gary M. Rinck 
56 

2004 

  Senior Vice President, General Counsel, since March 2004 (previously 
Group General Counsel of Pearson PLC, from 2000, Managing Partner 
of the London office of Morrison & Foerster from 1995). 

-81-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stephen M. Smith 
53 

1995 

  Senior  Vice  President,  Wiley  Europe,  Asia  and  Australia  (previously 

Chief Operating Officer, Wiley Europe, since May 2006). 

Eric A. Swanson 
60 

1989 

  Senior Vice President, Wiley-Blackwell since January 2007 (previously 
Senior Vice President, Scientific Technical and Medical, since 1996). 

Deborah E. Wiley 
62 

Vincent Marzano 
45 

Edward J. Melando 
52 

Josephine Bacchi 
61 

1982 

  Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications, since June 1996. 

2007 

  Vice  President,  Treasurer,  since  September  2006  (previously  Vice 

President, Treasurer of Scholastic Corporation from 2000). 

2002 

  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer, 

since April 2002.  

1992 

  Vice  President  and  Corporate  Secretary,  since  January  2007 

(previously Corporate Secretary since 1992). 

Each  of  the  other  officers  listed  above  will  serve  until  the  next  organizational  meetings  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  of  the  Company  and  until  each  of  the  respective  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified.  
Deborah E. Wiley is the sister of Peter Booth Wiley. There is no other family relationship among any of the 
aforementioned individuals. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information on compensation of the directors and executive officers is contained in the Proxy Statement for 
the  2008  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the  captions  “Directors’  Compensation”  and  “Executive 
Compensation,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information  required  by  this  item  is  contained  in  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2008  Annual 
Meeting  of  Shareholders  under  the  caption  “Beneficial  Ownership  of  Directors  and  Management”  and  is 
incorporated   herein by reference. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

None. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information  required  by  this  item  is  contained  in  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2008  Annual 
Meeting  of  Shareholders under  the caption  “Report  of  the  Audit Committee”  and  is  incorporated  herein by 
reference. 

-82-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  

Financial Statements and Schedules 

Financial Statements and Schedules are listed in the attached index on page 10 and are filed as part of 
this Report. 

(b)  

Reports on Form 8-K 

Earnings release on the third quarter fiscal 2008 results issued on Form 8-K dated March 10, 2008, which 
included certain condensed financial statements of the Company.  

Earnings release on the fiscal year 2008 results issued on Form 8-K dated June 19, 2008, which included 
certain condensed financial statements of the Company. 

Exhibits 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 12, 2001, among the Company, HMI Acquisition Corp. 
and  Hungry  Minds,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  as  of 
August 12, 2001).    

Scheme of Arrangement dated as of November 21, 2006, among the Company, Wiley Europe Investment 
Holdings Limited and Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Limited (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Report on Form 8-K dated as of November 21, 2006).  

Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Report  on  Form  10-K 
for the year ended April 30, 1992). 

Certificate  of  Amendment  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated  October  13,  1995  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1997). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 

By-Laws as Amended and Restated   dated as of   September   2007 (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008). 

$300,000,000  Credit  Agreement  dated  November  9,  2005.    Form  10Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended 
October  31,  2005  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly 
period ended October 31, 2005). 

Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  February  2,  2007,  among  the  Company  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative  Agent  and  Swing  Line  Lender  and  the  Other  Lenders  Party  Hereto  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of February 8, 2007).  

Agreement of the Lease dated as of June 7, 2006 between One Wiley Drive, LLC, an independent third 
party, as landlord and John Wiley and Sons, Inc., as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2006). 

Agreement of Lease dated as of August 4, 2000, between, Block A South Waterfront Development L.L.C., 
as Landlord, and the Company, as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2000). 

Summary of Lease Agreement dated as of March 4, 2005, between, Investa Properties Limited L.L.C. as 
Landlord, and the Company, as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended April 30, 2005). 

Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement date August, 
2004). 

(c) 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

-83-

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement 
dated August 5, 2004). 

2004 Key Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement 
dated August 5, 2004). 

Senior executive employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference 
to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior executive Non-competition and Non-disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

2005  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008).  

Form of the Fiscal Year 2009 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008).   

Form of the Fiscal Year 2009 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008).   

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2009  Executive  Annual  Strategic  Milestones  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008).   

Form of the Fiscal Year 2008 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2007). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2008 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2007). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2008  Executive  Annual  Strategic  Milestones  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2007). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2007 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s first quarter fiscal year 2007 report on Form 10-Q). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2007 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s first quarter fiscal year 2007 report on Form 10-Q). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2007  Executive  Annual  Strategic  Milestones  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s first quarter fiscal year 2007 report on Form 10-Q). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2003, between William J. Pesce and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2003). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2003, between Stephen A. Kippur and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2003). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2003, between Ellis E. Cousens and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2003). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 1, 2003, between Eric A Swanson and 
the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 
30, 2008). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 1, 2003, between Bonnie E. Lieberman 
and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April 30, 2008). 

Deferred  Compensation  Plan  dated  as  of  March  1,  1995  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008). 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the 
report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 

-84-

 
 
 
21* 

23* 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1* 

32.2* 

List of Subsidiaries of the Company 

Consent of KPMG LLP. 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

*   

Filed herewith 

-85-

 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Company) 

By: 

/s/    William J. Pesce 

  William J. Pesce 
  President and Chief Executive Officer 

By: 

/s/    Ellis E. Cousens 

  Ellis E. Cousens 
  Executive Vice President and 
  Chief Financial and Operations Officer 

By: 

/s/    Edward J. Melando 

  Edward J. Melando 
  Vice President, Controller and  
  Chief Accounting Officer 

  Dated:  June 26, 2008 

-86-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons constituting directors of the Company on June 25, 2008. 

/s/ 

Warren J. Baker 
Warren J. Baker 

/s/ 

Eduardo R. Menascé 
Eduardo R. Menascé 

/s/ 

Richard M. Hochhauser 
Richard M. Hochhauser 

/s/ 

William J. Pesce 
William J. Pesce 

/s/ 

Kim Jones 
Kim Jones 

/s/ 

William B. Plummer 
William B. Plummer 

/s/ 
Mathew S. Kissner 
             Mathew S. Kissner 

/s/ 

Bradford Wiley II 
Bradford Wiley II 

/s/ 

Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 
Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

/s/ 

Peter Booth Wiley 
Peter Booth Wiley 

-87-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.(1) 

Exhibit 21 

John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc. 
JWS HQ, LLC 
JWS DCM, LLC 
Wiley-Liss, Inc. 
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc. 
Wiley Periodicals, Inc. 
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc. 
WWL Corp.  
John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pte. Ltd. 
John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd. 
John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited 
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 
Wiley HMI Holdings, Inc.                    
   Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

  Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.) 
  Wiley Europe Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 
Wiley Heyden Ltd. 
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing Ltd. 
  Wiley Services Singapore Pte. Limited 
Blackwell Science Ltd. 

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

Munksgaard Als 
Blackwell – Verlag GmbH  
Blackwell Pub.  Asia Put. Ltd. 
Blackwell Science KK                       
Blackwell Science (HK) Ltd. 

  HMI Investment , Inc.  

  Wiley Publishing Inc. 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons GmbH 

    Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 
    GIT Verlag GmbH & Co. KG 

Jurisdiction 
In Which 
Incorporated 

Delaware 
New Jersey 
New Jersey 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Singapore 
Australia 
Canada 
Hong Kong 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Germany 
Australia 
Japan 
China 
Delaware 
Delaware 
India 
Australia 
Germany 
Germany 
Germany 

(1)  The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been 

omitted.   

-88-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement Nos. 333-123359, 333-93591, 33-60268 
and  33-62605  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  of  our  reports  dated  June  26,  2008,  with  respect  to  the 
consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. as of April 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related 
consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows, for each of the 
years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2008,  and  the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  and  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2008, which reports appear in the April 30, 2008 
annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.  Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to 
the  Company’s  adoption  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123R,  “Share-Based  Payment,”  as  of 
May 1, 2006. 

/s/  KPMG LLP 
New York, New York 

June 26 ,  2008 

-89-

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, William J. Pesce, President and Chief Executive Officer of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify 
that: 

Exhibit 31.1 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual 

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 

this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 

financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: /s/  William J. Pesce  
William J. Pesce 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dated:  June 26, 2008 

-90-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Ellis E. Cousens, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Operations Officer of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 
(the “Company”), hereby certify that:  

Exhibit 31.2 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: /s/ 

Ellis E. Cousens 
Ellis E. Cousens 
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial and Operations Officer 

Dated:  June 26, 2008 

-91-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April 30, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William J. 
Pesce, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and  

(2)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and   

results of operations of the Company. 

/s/   William J. Pesce 
William J. Pesce 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dated:  June 26, 2008 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April  30,  2008  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Ellis  E. 
Cousens, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Operations Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 
U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  that  to  the  best  of  my 
knowledge: 

(1)  the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

/s/   Ellis E. Cousens 
Ellis E. Cousens 
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial & Operations Officer 

Dated:  June 26, 2008 

-92-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               w i l e y
          l e a d e rs h i p   t e a m

From left to right: William J. Pesce, William J. Arlington, Ellis E. Cousens, Warren C. Fristensky

From left to right: Timothy B. King, Stephen A. Kippur, Clifford Kline, Bonnie Lieberman

From left to right: Gary M. Rinck, Stephen Smith, Eric A. Swanson, Deborah E. Wiley

          c o r p o ra t e   g ove r n a n c e 
                     p r i n c i p l e s

To promote the best corporate governance practices, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., adheres to the Corporate Governance 
Principles set forth at the Corporate Governance section on wiley.com and in the Company’s Proxy (online at 
http://www.wiley.com/go/communications). The Board of Directors and management believe that these Principles, 
which are consistent with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock 
Exchange, are in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders, and other stakeholders, including colleagues, 
authors, customers, and suppliers. The Board is responsible for ensuring that the Company has a management team 

capable of representing these interests and of achieving superior business performance. 

 
 
B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Peter Booth Wiley
Chairman of the Board

Warren J. Baker3
President
California Polytechnic State
University at San Luis Obispo

Richard M. Hochhauser2
Retired President and Chief 
Executive Offi cer
Harte-Hanks, Inc.

Kim Jones4
President and Managing
Director
UK and Ireland
Sun Microsystems, Inc.

Matthew S. Kissner1,3
President and Chief Executive 
Offi cer
The Kissner Group LLC

Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr.2
Chairman and Chief Executive 
Offi cer
Moody’s Corporation

Eduardo Menascé3,4
Retired President,
Enterprise Solutions Group
Verizon Communications, Inc.

William J. Pesce1
President and Chief Executive 
Offi cer

William B. Plummer1,2
Private Investor

Bradford Wiley II4

1   Executive Committee
2   Audit Committee
3   Compensation Committee
4   Governance Committee

W I L E Y 

L E A D E R S H I P   T E A M

William J. Pesce
President and Chief Executive 
Offi cer

William J. Arlington
Senior Vice President
Human Resources

Ellis E. Cousens
Executive Vice President
Chief Financial and Operations 
Offi cer

Warren C. Fristensky
Senior Vice President
Information Technology
Chief Information Offi cer

Timothy B. King
Senior Vice President
Planning and Development

Stephen A. Kippur
Executive Vice President and 
President
Professional/Trade

Clifford Kline
Senior Vice President
Customer and Product 
Support Operations

Bonnie Lieberman
Senior Vice President
and General Manager
Higher Education

Gary M. Rinck
Senior Vice President and 
General Counsel

Stephen M. Smith
Senior Vice President
Europe, Middle East, & Asia 
and International Development

Eric A. Swanson
Senior Vice President
Scientifi c, Technical, Medical, 
and Scholarly

Deborah E. Wiley
Senior Vice President
Corporate Communications

C O R P O R A T E   A N D 

B U S I N E S S   O F F I C E R S

Mark Allin
Vice President
Wiley Asia-Pacifi c

Josephine Bacchi-Mourtziou
Vice President and Corporate 
Secretary

Peter C. Donoughue*
Managing Director
John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd.

Vincent Marzano
Vice President and Treasurer

Edward J. Melando
Vice President
Corporate Controller 
Chief Accounting Offi cer

Bill Zerter
Chief Operating Offi cer
John Wiley & Sons Canada, Ltd.

*  Retiring end of August 2008.

C O R P O R A T E 

I N F O R M A T I O N

Transfer Agent

Registrar and Transfer Company
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, NJ 07016
Telephone: 800.368.5948
Email: info@rtco.com
Web site: www.rtco.com

Independent Public 
Accountants

KPMG LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154

Annual Meeting

to be held on Thursday, 
September 18, 2008, 
at 9:30 a.m. local time, 
at Company Headquarters, 
111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
07030-5774

Form 10K

Available from 
J. Bacchi-Mourtziou
Vice President and Corporate 
Secretary
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
111 River Street
Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774
Email: invest@wiley.com

During our bicentennial year, Wiley introduced the 

theme “Knowledge for Generations” to highlight our 

legacy. By promoting knowledge and understanding 

during the course of two centuries, Wiley has helped 

bring about transformation in the world around us.

  The technological innovations we have helped 

advance are transforming our industry. Technology 

is enabling us to build enduring relationships with 

our stakeholders; leverage our capabilities across 

organizational and geographic boundaries; and serve 

our authors, partners, and customers better.

  For the 2008 Annual Report, we have focused on 

the theme “Knowledge for Generations” as it relates 

to our present and future. Our prudent investments 

in enabling technology have resulted in many new 

business models, new revenue streams, and new 

ways to promote knowledge and understanding 

around the world. 

  As we embark on our third century of publishing, 

we are sharpening our competitive edge by becoming 

even more customer-centric and fl exible as we 

continue to make a difference in the personal and 

professional lives of the constituencies we serve. 

Canada

5353 Dundas Street West
Suite 400
Toronto, Ontario M9B 6H8
Canada
Telephone: 416.236.4433
Facsimile: 416.236.4447
Email: canada@wiley.com

Europe

The Atrium
Southern Gate, Chichester
West Sussex PO19 8SQ
England
Telephone: 44.1243.779777
Facsimile: 44.1243.775878
Email: customer@wiley.co.uk

9600 Garsington Road
Oxford, OX4 2DQ
England
Telephone: 44.1865.776868
Facsimile: 44.1865.714591

1 Rosenørns Allé
DK-1970 Frederiksberg C 
Denmark
Telephone: 45.7733.3333
Facsimile: 45.7733.3377 

101 George Street
Edinburgh EH2 3ES
Scotland
Telephone: 44.131.226.7232
Facsimile: 44.131.226.3803

Boschstrasse 12
D-69469 Weinheim
Germany
Telephone: 49.6201.6060
Facsimile: 49.6201.606328
Email: info@wiley-vch.de

European Distribution Center
Warehouse 1
Oldlands Way
Bognor PO22 9NQ
England
Telephone: 44.1243.843222
Facsimile: 44.1243.850250

Dividends

On June 18, 2008, the Board 
of Directors approved a 
quarterly dividend of $0.13 
per share on both Class A 
Common and Class B Com-
mon shares, payable on July 
15, 2008, to shareholders of 
record as of July 7, 2008. 

Employment

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., is an 
equal opportunity employer.

C O R P O R A T E 

H E A D Q U A R T E R S 

&   M A I N   O F F I C E S

Certifi cations

United States

The Company has fi led the 
required certifi cations under 
Sections 302 and 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
as Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1, and 
32.2 to our annual report on 
Form 10-K for the fi scal year 
ended April 30, 2008. 

Following the 2008 Annual 
Meeting of shareholders, 
the Company intends to fi le 
with the New York Stock 
Exchange the CEO certifi ca-
tion regarding the Company’s 
compliance with the NYSE’s 
corporate governance listing 
standards as required by 
NYSE rule 303A.12. Last year 
the  Company fi led this CEO 
certifi cation with NYSE on 
September 24, 2007, without 
qualifi cation.

To contact the 
Non-Management Directors:

Non-Management Directors
c/o Corporate Secretary
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
111 River Street
Mail Stop 7-02
Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774
Email: non-managementdirec-
tors@wiley.com

Investor Relations

Brian Campbell
Director, Investor Relations
201.748.6874
brian.campbell@wiley.com

Corporate Headquarters
111 River Street
Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774
Telephone: 201.748.6000
Facsimile: 201.748.6088
Email: info@wiley.com
Web site: www.wiley.com

350 Main Street
Commerce Place
Malden, MA 02148 
Telephone: 781.388.8200
Facsimile: 781.388.8210

989 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94103-1741
Telephone: 415.433.1740
Facsimile: 415.433.0499

10475 Crosspoint Blvd. 
Indianapolis, IN 46256 
Telephone: 317.572.3000
Facsimile: 317.572.4000

2121 State Avenue
Ames, IA 50014-8300
Telephone: 515.292.0140
Facsimile: 515.292.3348

U.S. Distribution Center
1 Wiley Drive
Somerset, NJ 08875-1272
Telephone: 800.225.5945
Facsimile: 732.302.2300
Email: custserv@wiley.com

U.S. Customer 
Care Operations
Trade & Wholesale
1 Wiley Drive
Somerset, NJ 08875
Telephone: 800.225.5945
(Prompt 1)

Consumer Customer Care
10475 Crosspoint Blvd.
Indianapolis, IN 46256
Telephone: 800.434.3422

Global Technical Support
Telephone: 317.572.3994
(Prompt 2)

Susan Spilka Corporate Communications Director / Bernhardt Fudyma Design Group Concept and Design 

David Prince Environment Photography / Graytor Printing

Australia

42 McDougall Street
Milton, Queensland 4064
Australia
Telephone: 61.7.3859.9755
Facsimile: 61.7.3859.9715
Email: brisbane@johnwiley.com.au

155 Cremorne Street
Richmond, Victoria 3121
Australia
Telephone: 61.3.9274.3100
Fax: 61.3.9274.3101
Email: melbourne@johnwiley.com.au

Asia

2 Clementi Loop #02-01
Singapore 129809
Telephone: 65.6463.2400
Facsimile: 65.6463.4605
Email: enquiry@wiley.com.sg

600 North Bridge Road 
#05-01 Parkview Square 
(S) 188 778 
Singapore
Telephone: 65.6511.8188
Facsimile: 65.6511.8288

Frontier Koishikawa Bldg, 4F
1-28-1 Koishikawa
Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo 112-0002, Japan
Telephone: 81.3.3830.1232
Facsimile: 81.3.5689.7276

4435/7 Ansari Road
Daryaganj, New Delhi 110002, India
Telephone: 91.11.4363.0000/01
Facsimile: 91.11.2327.5895

This document is a publication of Wiley’s 

Corporate Communications Depart-

ment. An electronic version of this report 

is available online at www.wiley.com. 

 Quarterly earnings results will also be 

posted on the site on the day they are 

issued; anyone who wishes to receive a 

print copy of any of the quarterly earn-

ings press releases should contact 

J. Bacchi-Mourtziou at the address listed 
on this page under Form 10K. 

The editorial section of this annual report 

is printed on Mohawk Beckett Expressions 
paper. This paper is made carbon neutral 

within Mohawk’s production processes 

by offsetting thermal manufacturing 

 emissions with VERs, and purchases 

of enough Green-e certifi ed renewable 

energy certifi cates (RECs) to match 100% 

of the electricity used.

 
J O H N   W I L E Y   &   S O N S ,   I N C .
1 1 1   R I V E R   S T R E E T
H O B O K E N ,   N J   0 7 0 3 0 - 5 7 74
2 0 1.74 8.6 0 0 0       W W W.W I L E Y. C O M

J O H N   W I L E Y   &   S O N S ,   I N C .
2 0 0 8   A N N UA L   R E P O R T

W i l e y ’s
e d g e  i n
p u b l i s h i n g

KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONSTM
KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONS

KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONSTM
KNOWLEDGE FOR GENERATIONS